Annual Statements Open main menu

Stonemor Inc. - Annual Report: 2021 (Form 10-K)

Table of Contents

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to .

Commission File Number: 001-39172

STONEMOR INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

80-0103152

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

3331 Street Road, Suite 200

Bensalem, Pennsylvania

 

19020

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code): (215) 826-2800

__________________________________

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

 

Trading Symbol(s)

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

 

STON

 

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

 

Smaller reporting company

Emerging growth company

 

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes No ☒

As of June 30, 2021, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second quarter, the aggregate market value of the common equity held by non-affiliates was approximately $70.8 million based on $2.62 per share, the closing price per common share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on June 30, 2021.

At March 21, 2022, the registrant had outstanding 118,337,475 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share.

 


Table of Contents

FORM 10-K OF STONEMOR INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

PART I

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

 

Business

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1B.

 

Unresolved Staff Comments

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

Item 2.

 

Properties

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

Item 3.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

Item 4.

 

Mine Safety Disclosures

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

 

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

Item 6.

 

[Reserved]

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

Item 7.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

Item 7A.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

Item 8.

 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

41

 

 

 

 

 

Item 9.

 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

89

 

 

 

 

 

Item 9A.

 

Controls and Procedures

 

89

 

 

 

 

 

Item 9B.

 

Other Information

 

92

 

 

 

 

 

Item 9C.

 

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

 

92

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10.

 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

93

 

 

 

 

 

Item 11.

 

Executive Compensation

 

99

 

 

 

 

 

Item 12.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

107

 

 

 

 

 

Item 13.

 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

 

108

 

 

 

 

 

Item 14.

 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

114

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15.

 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

115

 

 

 

 

 

Item 16.

 

Form 10-K Summary

 

120

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signatures

 

121

 

 


 

Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

OVERVIEW

Our History

As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Annual Report”), unless the context otherwise requires, references to the terms the “Company,” “StoneMor,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to StoneMor Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

We are filing as a smaller reporting company within the meaning of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act. As a smaller reporting company, we have chosen to comply with certain scaled or non-scaled financial and non-financial disclosure requirements on an item by item basis.

Recent Developments

Axar Letter

On September 27, 2021, the Company announced that it had received a letter (the “Letter”) dated September 22, 2021 from Axar Capital Management, LP (“Axar”) in which Axar expressed an interest in pursuing discussions concerning strategic alternatives that may be beneficial to the Company and its various stakeholders. Axar has engaged Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP as its legal advisor and stated in the Letter that it would engage a financial advisor at the appropriate time. According to the Letter, Axar expected that any such discussions would be conducted with a special committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), assisted by financial and legal advisors engaged by such committee. The Letter also stated that any transaction involving Axar arising from such discussions would be conditioned upon, among other things, approval of the special committee and the Board, the negotiation and execution of mutually satisfactory definitive agreements and customary terms. The Letter also stated that any transaction structured as a take-private transaction would be subject to a closing condition that the approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares not owned by Axar or its affiliates be obtained. On September 26, 2021, the Board authorized its Conflicts Committee, which is comprised of independent directors Stephen J. Negrotti, Kevin Patrick and Patricia Wellenbach, to engage in the discussions contemplated by the Letter, including the authority to engage in discussions concerning and to negotiate the terms and provisions of any strategic alternative the Conflicts Committee determines to be appropriate in connection with such discussions. Under its charter, the Conflicts Committee has the authority to reject, approve or recommend that the Board approve any transaction that is a related party transaction, which would include any transaction to which Axar is a party. The Conflicts Committee has retained independent legal and financial advisors to assist in such discussions. Following receipt of the Letter and until recently, the Conflicts Committee and its counsel had engaged in discussions with Axar and Axar’s counsel, which evolved to focus on a potential offer by Axar to acquire the shares of the Company that are not owned by Axar or its affiliates. While these negotiations had been productive, the Conflicts Committee and Axar had not come to agreement on any price that Axar would pay for such shares or on certain other terms of any transaction, and there can be no assurance that any agreement would be reached in the future. Negotiations between the Conflicts Committee and Axar were recently tabled in light of the work undertaken by the Conflicts Committee with respect to the independent review of certain investments by our trusts in which Axar had an interest. See Part III, Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The Conflicts Committee may at any time determine to resume such negotiations, but there can be no assurance that even if such negotiations are resumed, any agreement with respect to a take-private transaction will be executed or that this or any other transaction will be approved or consummated. The Company does not undertake any obligation to provide any updates with respect to these matters except as required under applicable law.

Refinancing


On May 11, 2021, the Company issued $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”). The gross proceeds from the sale of the 2029 Notes was $389.9 million, less advisor fees, legal fees, mortgage costs and other closing expenses. The 2029 Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture (the “2029 Indenture”), dated as of May 11, 2021, by and among the Company, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent. Substantially concurrently with the closing of the offering of the 2029 Notes, StoneMor Partners L.P. (the “Partnership”) and Cornerstone Family Services of West Virginia Subsidiary, Inc. (collectively, the “2024 Issuers”) deposited

3


 

Table of Contents

from the net cash proceeds from the offering of the 2029 Notes an amount sufficient to fund the full redemption of the outstanding 9.875%/11.500% Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2024 (the “2024 Notes”) with Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “2024 Trustee”) as trustee under the Indenture, dated as of June 27, 2019 (as amended, the “2024 Indenture”), among the 2024 Issuers, the guarantors party thereto and the 2024 Trustee governing the 2024 Notes. Upon deposit of such funds with the 2024 Trustee, the 2024 Indenture was satisfied and discharged in accordance with its terms. As a result of the satisfaction and discharge of the 2024 Indenture, the 2024 Issuers and the guarantors of the 2024 Notes, including the Company, have been released from their obligations with respect to the 2024 Indenture and the 2024 Notes, except with respect to those provisions of the 2024 Indenture that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of the 2024 Indenture. Refer to Note 9 Long-Term Debt to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report.

COVID-19 Pandemic

In December 2019, an outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) spread worldwide posing public health risks that reached pandemic proportions (including the effect of variants that have developed, the “COVID-19 Pandemic”). The COVID-19 Pandemic poses a significant threat to the health and economic wellbeing of the Company’s employees, customers and vendors. The Company’s operations are deemed essential by the state and local governments in which it operates, with the exception of Puerto Rico, and the Company has been working with federal, state and local government officials to ensure that it continues to satisfy their requirements for offering the Company’s essential services.

The Company’s top priority is the health and safety of its employees and the families it serves. Since the start of the outbreak in the U.S., the Company’s senior management team has taken actions to protect its employees and the families it serves, and to support its field locations as they adapt and adjust to the circumstances resulting from the COVID-19 Pandemic. The operation of all of the Company’s facilities is critically dependent on the employees who staff these locations. To ensure the wellbeing of the Company’s employees and their families, the Company provided all of its employees with detailed health and safety literature on COVID-19, such as the industry-specific guidelines from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (the “CDC”) for working with the deceased who were or may have been infected with COVID-19. In addition, the Company’s procurement and safety teams have consistently secured and distributed supplies to ensure that the Company’s locations have appropriate personal protective equipment (“PPE”) and cleaning supplies to provide its essential services, as well as updated and developed new safety-oriented guidelines to support daily field operations. These guidelines include reducing the number of staff present for a service and restricting the number of attendees. The Company also implemented additional safety and precautionary measures as it concerns the businesses’ day-to-day interaction with the families and communities it serves. The Company’s corporate office employees began working from home in March 2020 consistent with CDC guidance to reduce the risks of exposure to COVID-19 while still supporting the field operations. The Company did not experience any significant disruptions to its business as a result of the work from home policies in its corporate office and employees have returned on a hybrid basis. The Company monitors the CDC guidance on a regular basis, continually reviews and updates its processes and procedures and provides updates to its employees as needed to comply with regulatory guidelines.

The Company’s marketing and sales team quickly responded to the sales challenges presented by the COVID-19 Pandemic by implementing virtual meeting options using a variety of web-based tools to ensure that the Company can continue to connect with and meet its customers’ needs in a safe, effective and productive manner. Some of the Company’s locations provide live video streaming of their funeral and burial services to its customers or provide other alternatives that respect social distancing, so that family and friends can connect during their time of grief.

Like most businesses world-wide, the COVID-19 Pandemic has impacted the Company financially. At the start of the COVID-19 Pandemic in early 2020, the Company saw its pre-need sales and at-need sales activity decline as Americans practiced social distancing and crowd size restrictions were put in place. However, since May 2020, the Company experienced at-need sales growth, and since late 2020, it has experienced pre-need sales growth. The Company believes the implementation of its virtual meeting tools early on in the COVID-19 Pandemic was one of several key steps that had mitigated this disruption. Throughout the COVID-19 Pandemic, the Company’s cemeteries and funeral homes have largely remained open and available to serve its families in all the locations in which it operates to the extent permitted by local authorities and the Company expects that this will continue. The Company has leveraged the relationships it has made with the families it has served during its response to the COVID-19 Pandemic, which has directly resulted in new sales leads and the increase in pre-need sales activity. In addition, as community restrictions have eased and the COVID-19 vaccine became more widely available, the Company has experienced growth in its pre-need cemetery sales, see “Results of Operations” of Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

4


 

Table of Contents

The Company expects the COVID-19 Pandemic could have an adverse effect on its future results of operations and cash flows depending on COVID-19 variants and case counts. However, the Company cannot presently predict the likely scope and severity of that impact. In the event there are confirmed diagnoses of COVID-19 within a significant number of its facilities, the Company may incur additional costs related to the closing and subsequent cleaning of these facilities and the ability to adequately staff the impacted sites. In addition, the Company’s pre-need customers with installment contracts could default on their installment contracts due to lost work or other financial stresses arising from the COVID-19 Pandemic. Alternatively, in the event that COVID-19 case counts continue to normalize and variants become less severe, we would expect to see a reduction in the demand for at-need products and services as well as a reduction in pre-need turning to at-need.

Acquisitions

On January 31, 2022, the Company acquired two cemeteries in Virginia for cash consideration of $5.1 million, pursuant to a definitive agreement signed on March 23, 2021 with Daly Seven, Inc. to acquire four cemeteries for a total purchase price of $5.4 million, subject to customary working capital adjustments. The remaining two cemeteries, which are located in North Carolina, are expected to close in the second quarter of 2022.

On March 1, 2022, the Company acquired one funeral home in Florida for a cash purchase price of $1.7 million and on March 15, 2022, the Company acquired one combination cemetery and funeral home, a separate cemetery and a separate funeral home in West Virginia for a cash purchase price of $11.3 million, in each case subject to customary working capital adjustments.

Products and Service Offerings

We are currently one of the largest owners and operators of cemeteries and funeral homes in the U.S. As of December 31, 2021, we operated 300 cemeteries in 24 states and Puerto Rico. We own 271 of these cemeteries and we manage or operate the remaining 29 under lease, management or operating agreements with the nonprofit cemetery companies that own the cemeteries. As of December 31, 2021, we also owned, operated or managed 69 funeral homes, including 33 located on the grounds of cemetery properties that we own, in 15 states and Puerto Rico.

The cemetery products and services that we sell include the following:

Interment Rights

 

Merchandise

 

Services

burial lots

 

burial vaults

 

installation of burial vaults

lawn crypts

 

caskets

 

installation of caskets

mausoleum crypts

 

grave markers and grave marker bases

 

installation of other cemetery merchandise

cremation niches

 

memorials

 

other service items

perpetual care rights

 

 

 

 

We sell these products and services both at the time of death, which we refer to as at-need, and prior to the time of death, which we refer to as pre-need. In 2021, we performed 54,205 burials and sold 21,739 interment spaces (net of cancellations), excluding divested locations. Based on our sales of interment spaces in 2021, our cemeteries have an aggregate average remaining sales life of 282 years.

Our cemetery properties are located in Alabama, Colorado, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Maryland, Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, New Jersey, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Puerto Rico, Rhode Island, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia, West Virginia and Wisconsin. Our cemetery operations accounted for approximately 86% and 85% of our revenues in 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The funeral home products and services that we sell include the following:

Merchandise

 

Services

caskets and related items

 

family consultation

 

 

removal and preparation of remains

 

 

insurance products

 

 

use of funeral home facilities for visitation and prayer services

 

Our funeral homes are located in Alabama, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Maryland, Mississippi, Missouri, North Carolina, Ohio, Pennsylvania, Puerto Rico, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia and West Virginia. Our funeral home operations accounted for approximately 14% and 15% of our consolidated revenues in 2021 and 2020, respectively.

5


 

Table of Contents

OPERATIONS

Segment Reporting and Related Information

We have two distinct reportable segments, which are classified as Cemetery Operations and Funeral Home Operations segments, both of which are supported by corporate costs and expenses.

We have chosen this level of organization and disaggregation of reportable segments because: (a) each reportable segment has unique characteristics that set it apart from the other segment; (b) we have organized our management personnel at these two operational levels; and (c) it is the level at which our chief decision makers evaluates performance.

Cemetery Operations

As of December 31, 2021, we operated 300 cemeteries. Our Cemetery Operations include sales of cemetery interment rights, merchandise and services and the performance of cemetery maintenance and other services. An interment right entitles a customer to a burial space in one of our cemeteries and the perpetual care of that burial space. Burial spaces, or lots, are parcels of property that hold interred human remains. A burial vault is a rectangular container, usually made of concrete but can also be made of steel or plastic, which sits in the burial lot and in which the casket is placed. The top of the burial vault is buried approximately 18 to 24 inches below the surface of the ground, and the casket is placed inside the vault. Burial vaults prevent ground settling that may create uneven ground surfaces. Ground settling typically results in higher maintenance costs and potential exposure for accidents on the property. Lawn crypts are a series of closely spaced burial lots with preinstalled vaults and may include other improvements, such as landscaping, sprinkler systems and drainage. A mausoleum crypt is an above ground structure that may be designed for a particular customer, which we refer to as a private mausoleum or it may be a larger building that serves multiple customers, which we refer to as a community mausoleum. Cremation niches are spaces in which the ashes remaining after cremation are stored. Cremation niches are often part of community mausoleums; although we sell a variety of cremation niches to accommodate our customers’ preferences.

Grave markers, monuments and memorials are above ground products that serve as memorials by showing who is remembered, the dates of birth and death and other pertinent information. These markers, monuments and memorials include simple plates, such as those used in a community mausoleum or cremation niche, flush-to-the-ground granite or bronze markers, headstones or large stone obelisks.

One of the principal services we provide at our cemeteries is an "opening and closing," which is the digging and refilling of burial spaces to install the vault and place the casket into the vault. With pre-need sales, there are usually two openings and closings, where permitted by applicable law. During the initial opening and closing, we install the burial vault in the burial space. Where permitted by applicable law, we usually perform this service shortly after the customer signs a pre-need contract. Advance installation allows us to withdraw the related funds from our merchandise trusts, making the amount in excess of our cost to purchase and install the vault available to us for other uses and eliminates future merchandise trusting requirements for the burial vault and its installation. During the final opening and closing, we remove the dirt above the vault, open the lid of the vault, place the casket into the vault, close the vault lid and replace the ground cover. With at-need sales, we typically perform the initial opening and closing at the time we perform the final opening and closing. Our other services include the installation of other cemetery merchandise and the perpetual care related to interment rights.

Funeral Home Operations

As of December 31, 2021, we owned, operated or managed 69 funeral homes, 33 of which are located on the grounds of cemetery properties that we own. Our funeral homes offer a range of services to meet a family’s funeral needs, including family consultation, final expense insurance products, the removal and preparation of remains, provision of caskets and related funeral merchandise, the use of funeral home facilities for visitation, worship and performance of funeral services and transportation services. Funeral Home Operations primarily generate revenues from at-need sales.

Cremation Products and Services

We operate crematories at some of our cemeteries or funeral homes, but our primary crematory operations are sales of receptacles for cremated remains, such as urns, and the inurnment of cremated remains in niches or scattering gardens. Cremation products and services usually cost less than traditional burial products and services and take up less space than burials. We sell cremation products and services on both a pre-need and an at-need basis.

6


 

Table of Contents

Seasonality

Although the death care business is relatively stable and predictable, our results of operations may be subject to seasonal fluctuations in deaths due to weather conditions, illness and public health crises, such as the COVID-19 Pandemic. Generally, more deaths occur during the winter months, primarily resulting from pneumonia and influenza. In addition, we generally perform fewer initial openings and closings in the winter, as the ground is frozen in many of the areas in which we operate. We may also experience declines in contracts written during the winter months due to increased inclement weather during which our sales staff would be unable to meet with customers.

Sales Contracts

Pre-need products and services are typically sold on an installment basis. At-need products and services are generally required to be paid for in full in cash by the customer at the time of sale. As a result of our pre-need sales, the backlog of unfulfilled pre-need performance obligations recorded in deferred revenues was $1,056.3 million and $949.2 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, excluding amounts classified as held for sale.

Trusts

Sales of cemetery products and services are subject to a variety of state regulations. In accordance with these regulations, we are required to establish and fund two types of trusts: merchandise trusts and perpetual care trusts, to ensure that we can meet our future obligations. Our funding obligations are generally equal to a percentage of the sales proceeds or costs of the products and services we sell.

Human Capital

We recognize that our success depends upon the services and capabilities of all of our people. It is built upon our dedicated, passionate and diverse employees who work and live in the communities we serve. Our goal is to provide a working environment that is welcoming and inclusive, offers competitive pay and benefits, supports the growth and development of our employees and affirms our corporate values and mission. We are committed to ensuring equal employment opportunity and that all of our employment decisions, policies and practices are in accordance with applicable federal, state and local anti-discrimination laws. Our Human Resources team, with oversight from our Board of Directors and its committees, develops and executes programs for compensation and benefits, onboarding and training and performance management.

All full-time employees are eligible for competitive health and welfare benefits, including medical, dental, vision, disability, life insurance and other benefits. Full-time employees in the U.S. can participate in our defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, which provides for a matching contribution of 25 percent of the first three percent of an employee’s contribution. The Company also has a similar type plan for its Puerto Rico employees.

As of December 31, 2021, we employed 1,831 full-time, 146 part-time and 4 temporary employees. 46 of these full-time employees are represented by unions in Illinois, New Jersey and Pennsylvania and are subject to collective bargaining agreements that have expiration dates ranging up to September 2024. We believe that our relationship with our employees is generally favorable. The average tenure of our employees is 5.5 years.

Our current CEO has been in place since July 2018 and our current CFO has been in place since September 2019, following several years of frequent changes in these positions. Our compensation programs are designed to attract, motivate and retain high quality executive officers who will advance our overall business strategies and goals to create and return value to our stockholders. Our compensation programs include short-term elements, such as annual base salaries and cash bonuses, as well as longer term elements such as equity-based awards. We have designed our compensation programs to align the interests of our management and our stockholders.

Our ability to attract and retain a qualified sales force and other personnel is an important factor in achieving success. Buying cemetery and funeral home products and services, especially at-need products and services, is very emotional for most customers, so our sales force must be particularly sensitive to our customers’ needs.

As of December 31, 2021, we employed 373 full-time commissioned salespeople, 48 sales trainees, two part-time commissioned salespeople, 77 salaried sales managers, 15 commission-only sales managers, 37 outside sales counselors and four full-time sales support employees. We had two divisional vice presidents and two divisional vice presidents of operations who report directly to our two divisional presidents. Individual salespersons are typically located at the cemeteries they serve and report directly to the

7


 

Table of Contents

cemetery sales manager. Our compensation programs for sales staff are comprised of various plans designed to motivate through a variety of compensation components including base wages, commissions, bonuses and overrides. Performance is evaluated according to location budget or individual quotas.

We have made a commitment to the ongoing education and training of our sales force and to salesperson retention in order to provide our customers high quality customer service and in an effort to comply with all applicable laws and requirements. Our salespeople are trained to prioritize our customers’ needs and sell merchandise and services that are in our customers’ best interests. Our training program includes classroom training at regional training locations, field training, web-based modules and participation in industry seminars. Additionally, we place special emphasis on training property sales managers, who are key elements to a successful pre-need sales program.

Marketing

We generate sales leads through various methods including digital marketing, direct mail, websites, funeral follow-up and sales force cold calling, with the assistance of database mining and other marketing resources. Our marketing department provides sophisticated marketing techniques to focus more effectively on our lead generation and to direct sales efforts. Sales leads are referred to the sales force to schedule an appointment, either at the customer’s home or at the cemetery location. In addition, our marketing and sales team quickly responded to the sales challenges presented by the COVID-19 Pandemic by implementing virtual meeting options using a variety of web-based tools to ensure that we can continue to connect with and meet our customers’ needs in a safe, effective and productive manner. Some of our locations are providing live video streaming of their funeral and burial services to customers or providing other alternatives that respect social distancing, so that family and friends can connect during their time of grief.

Competition

Our cemeteries and funeral homes generally serve customers that live within a 10 to 15-mile radius of a property’s location. We face competition from other cemeteries and funeral homes located within this localized area. Most of these cemeteries and funeral homes are independently owned and operated, and most of these owners and operators are smaller than we are and have fewer resources than we do. We have historically faced limited competition from the two larger publicly held death care companies that have U.S. operations — Service Corporation International and Carriage Services, Inc. — as they do not directly operate cemeteries in the same local geographic areas in which we operate. Furthermore, these companies have historically generated the majority of their revenues from funeral home operations. Based on the relative levels of cemetery and funeral home operations of these publicly traded death care companies, which are disclosed in their filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), we believe that we are the only publicly held death care company that focuses a majority of its efforts on Cemetery Operations.

Within a localized area of competition, we compete primarily for at-need sales because, in general, many of the independently owned, local competitors may not have pre-need sales programs. The number of customers that cemeteries and funeral homes are able to attract is largely a function of reputation and heritage, although competitive pricing, professional service and attractive, well-maintained and conveniently located facilities are also important factors. The sale of cemetery and funeral home products and services on a pre-need basis has increasingly been used by many companies as an important marketing tool. Due to the importance of reputation and heritage, increases in customer base are usually gained over a long period of time.

Competitors within a localized area have an advantage over us if a potential customer’s family members are already buried in the competitor’s cemetery. If either of the two publicly held death care companies identified above operated, or in the future were to operate, cemeteries within close proximity of our cemeteries, they may offer more competition than independent cemeteries and may have a competitive advantage over us to the extent they have greater financial resources available to them due to their size and access to the capital markets.

REGULATION

Our funeral operations are regulated by the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) under Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act and a trade regulation rule for the funeral industry promulgated thereunder referred to as the “Funeral Rule.” The Funeral Rule defines certain acts or practices as unfair or deceptive and contains certain requirements to prevent these acts or practices. The preventive measures require a funeral provider to give consumers accurate, itemized price information and various other disclosures about funeral merchandise and services and prohibit a funeral provider from: (i) misrepresenting legal, crematory and cemetery requirements; (ii) embalming for a fee without permission; (iii) requiring the purchase of a casket for direct cremation; (iv) requiring consumers to buy certain funeral merchandise or services as a condition for furnishing other

8


 

Table of Contents

funeral merchandise or services; (v) misrepresenting state and local requirements for an outer burial container; and (vi) representing that funeral merchandise and services have preservative and protective value. Additionally, the Funeral Rule requires the disclosure of mark-ups, commissions, additional charges and rebates related to cash advance items. Our operations are also subject to regulation, supervision and licensing under numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those that impose trusting requirements

Our operations are subject to federal, regional, state and local laws and regulations related to environmental protection, such as the federal Clean Air Act, Clean Water Act, Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act and Comprehensive Environmental Response (“EPCRA”), Compensation, and Liability Act, that impose legal requirements governing air emissions, waste management and disposal and wastewater discharges.

We are subject to the requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act (“OSHA”) and comparable state statutes. OSHA’s regulatory requirement, known as the Hazard Communication Standard, and similar state statutes require us to provide information and training to our employees about hazardous materials used or maintained for our operations. We may also be subject to Tier 1 or Tier 2 Emergency and Hazardous Chemical Inventory reporting requirements under the EPCRA, depending on the amount of hazardous materials maintained on-site at a particular facility. We are also subject to the federal Americans with Disabilities Act and similar laws, which, among other things, may require that we modify our facilities to comply with minimum accessibility requirements for disabled persons.

We take various measures to comply with the Funeral Rule and all other laws and regulations to which we are subject, and we believe we are substantially in compliance with these existing laws and regulations.

Federal, state and local legislative bodies and regulatory agencies frequently propose new laws and regulations, some of which could have a material effect on our operations and on the deathcare industry in general. We cannot accurately predict the outcome of any proposed legislation or regulation or the effect that any such legislation or regulation might have on us.

Available Information

We file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports with the SEC. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, including us.

We maintain an Internet website with the address of http://www.stonemor.com. The information on this website is not, and should not be considered, part of this Annual Report and is not incorporated by reference into this Annual Report. This website address is only intended to be an inactive textual reference. Copies of our reports filed with, or furnished to, the SEC on Forms 10-K, 10-Q and 8-K, and any amendments to such reports, are available for viewing and copying at such Internet website, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after filing such material with, or furnishing it to, the SEC.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Forward-looking statements are neither historical facts nor assurances of future performance. Instead, they are based only on our current beliefs, expectations and assumptions that we believe are reasonable regarding the future of our business, future plans and strategies, projections, anticipated events and trends, the economy and other future conditions. All statements, other than statements of historical information, should be deemed to be forward-looking statements. The words “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “intend,” “foresee,” “should,” “would,” “could” or other similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, which are generally not historical in nature. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict and many of which are outside of our control. Our actual results and financial condition may differ materially from those indicated in the forward-looking statements.

Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations include, but are not limited to, the risks set forth below. The risks described below are those that we have identified as material and is not an exhaustive list of all the risks we face. There may be others that we have not identified or that we have deemed to be immaterial. All forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf are qualified by the risks described below. If any events occur that give rise to the following risks, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely impacted. These risk factors, some of which are beyond our control or not readily predictable, should be read in conjunction with other information set forth in this Annual Report, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes. Investors are cautioned not to put undue reliance on our forward-looking statements.

9


 

Table of Contents

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDEBTEDNESS

Our level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our debt obligations.

As of December 31, 2021, we had $400.8 million of total debt (not including capital lease obligations), consisting of $400.0 million of the 2029 Notes and $0.8 million of financed insurance and vehicles. Our indebtedness requires significant interest and principal payments. Subject to certain limitations and the satisfaction of certain conditions contained in the 2029 Indenture, we may also be permitted to incur substantial additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our high level of debt could increase.

Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences to us, including:

continuing to require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of the principal of and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available for operations and any future business opportunities;
limiting flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business or the industry in which we operate;
placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less indebtedness;
making us more susceptible to changes in credit ratings, which could impact our ability to obtain financing in the future and increase the cost of such financing;
increasing our vulnerability to adverse general economic or industry conditions; and
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements and increasing our cost of borrowing.

In addition, the 2029 Indenture prevents us from incurring additional debt or liens for working capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes (subject to very limited exceptions). Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future from operations, financings or asset sales. Our ability to repay our indebtedness and comply with the restrictive covenants will be dependent on, among other things, the successful execution of our strategic plans. If we require additional capacity under the restrictive covenants to successfully execute our strategic plans, we will need to seek the required consent from a majority of the holders of the 2029 Notes. No assurances can be given that we will be successful in obtaining such consent, and any failure to do so will have a material adverse effect on our business operations and our financial results.

Our ability to generate cash is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. We may not generate sufficient funds to service our debt and meet our business needs, such as funding working capital or the expansion of our operations. If we are not able to repay or refinance our debt as it becomes due, we may be forced to take certain actions, including reducing spending on day-to-day operations, reducing future financing for working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate purposes, selling assets or dedicating an unsustainable level of our cash flow from operations to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness. The trustee or the holders of the 2029 Notes could also accelerate amounts due in the event that we default, which could potentially trigger a default or acceleration of the maturity of our debt.

In addition, our ability to withstand competitive pressures and to react to changes in our industry could be impaired, and our leverage could put us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged, as these competitors could have greater financial flexibility to pursue strategic acquisitions and secure additional financing for their operations. Our leverage could also impede our ability to withstand downturns in our industry or the economy in general.

Despite our current indebtedness level, we and any of our existing or future subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt, which could exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

We and any of our existing and future subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the terms of the 2029 Indenture contains limitations on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, these restrictions will be subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions We have the ability under the 2029 Indenture to incur up to $40 million of additional senior secured debt and we anticipate entering into a revolving credit facility in that amount in the second quarter of 2022. If new debt is added to our or any of our existing and future subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could be exacerbated.

10


 

Table of Contents

We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness or repay such indebtedness when due, including the 2029 Notes, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations, including the 2029 Notes, depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control, including the effects of the COVID-19 Pandemic. We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operating activities, or that future borrowings will be available in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on, our indebtedness, including the 2029 Notes, or any portion of any of the foregoing, or to fund our other liquidity needs.

If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments and capital expenditures, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness, including the 2029 Notes. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. The terms of the 2029 Indenture restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. In addition, any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. The 2029 Indenture restricts our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from the disposition. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain the proceeds that we could realize from them and these proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations.

The 2029 Indenture imposes significant operating and financial restrictions, which may prevent us from pursuing certain business opportunities and taking certain actions.

The 2029 Indenture contains various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things:

incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares;
pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make other restricted payments;
make certain investments;
transfer or sell certain assets, including capital stock of our restricted subsidiaries;
create or incur liens;
consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;
agree to dividend or other payment restrictions affecting our restricted subsidiaries;
change the business we conduct;
withdraw any monies or other assets from, or make any investments of, our trust funds; and
enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

Our ability to comply with these covenants can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to satisfy them.

OTHER FINANCIAL RISKS

Pre-need sales typically generate low or negative cash flow in the periods immediately following sales, which could adversely affect our liquidity and cash flow.

When we sell cemetery merchandise and services on a pre-need basis, upon cash collection, we pay commissions on the sale to our salespeople and are required by state law to deposit a portion of the sales proceeds into a merchandise trust. In addition, most of our customers finance their pre-need purchases under installment contracts payable over a number of years. Depending on the

11


 

Table of Contents

trusting requirements of the states in which we operate, the applicable sales commission rates and the amount of the down payment, our cash flow from sales to customers through installment contracts is typically negative until we have collected the related receivable or until we purchase the products or perform the services and are permitted to withdraw funds we have deposited in the merchandise trust. To the extent we increase pre-need sales, state trusting requirements are increased or we delay the performance of the services or delivery of merchandise we sell on a pre-need basis, our cash flow from pre-need sales may be further reduced, and our liquidity could be adversely affected.

We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and determined that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective which could, if not remediated, result in additional material misstatements in our financial statements and may adversely affect our liquidity, the market for our common shares and our business.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over our financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a- 15(e) and 13a-15(f), respectively, under the Exchange Act. Effective internal controls are necessary for us to provide timely, reliable and accurate financial reports, identify and proactively correct any deficiencies, material weaknesses or fraud and meet our reporting obligations. As disclosed in Part II, Item 9A. Controls and Procedures of this Annual Report, management identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and concluded our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2021. A material weakness is defined as a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Our independent registered public accounting firm also expressed an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.

As discussed in Part II, Item 9A. Controls and Procedures of this Annual Report, our remediation efforts to address the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting and ineffective disclosure controls and procedures are ongoing and had been delayed primarily due to management turnover and the impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic. We currently expect the remediation of the identified material weaknesses to be completed during 2022. If our planned remediation actions are not successfully implemented or we encounter other difficulties, we might incur significant unexpected expenses in order to perform the Section 404 evaluation and our ability to file timely with the SEC may be adversely impacted. In addition, if our remedial measures are insufficient, or if additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal controls occur in the future, we could be required to further restate our financial results, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition, restrict our ability to access the capital markets, require us to expend significant resources to correct the material weaknesses or deficiencies, harm our reputation or otherwise cause a decline in investor confidence.

The financial condition of third-party insurance companies that fund our pre-need funeral contracts and the amount of benefits those policies ultimately pay may impact our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Where permitted, customers may arrange their pre-need funeral contract by purchasing a life insurance or annuity policy from third-party insurance companies. The customer/policy holder assigns the policy benefits to our funeral home to pay for the pre-need funeral contract at the time of need. For the sales of pre-need funeral contracts funded through life insurance policies, we receive commissions from third-party insurance companies. Additionally, there is a death benefit associated with the contract that may vary over the contract life. There is no guarantee that the value of the death benefit will increase or cover future increases in the cost of providing a funeral service. If the financial condition of the third-party insurance companies were to deteriorate materially because of market conditions or otherwise, there could be an adverse effect on our ability to collect all or part of the proceeds of the life insurance or annuity policy, including any increase in the death benefit. Failure to collect such proceeds could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Our liquidity may be impacted by our ability to negotiate bonding arrangements with third-party insurance companies.

Where permitted, we have entered into and may continue to enter into bonding arrangements with insurance companies, whereby pre-need performance obligations otherwise required to be trusted may be insured through a process called bonding. In the event that we are unable to deliver on bonded pre-need contract sales at the time of need, the insurance company will provide cash sufficient to deliver goods for the respective pre-need sale item. On an ongoing basis, we must negotiate acceptable terms of these various bonding arrangements, and the insurance companies have required us to provide cash collateral from time to time under certain circumstances. To the extent we are unable to negotiate acceptable terms for such arrangements and thus are no longer able to maintain existing bonds, we would need to deposit the corresponding amounts in the merchandise trusts. We may be required to provide additional cash collateral from time to time under certain circumstances. Any of these actions would have an adverse impact on our liquidity.

12


 

Table of Contents

Our ability to use our Net Operating Losses and other tax assets is uncertain.

As of December 31, 2021, we had net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of approximately $477.0 million for U.S. federal income tax purposes and substantially similar tax assets at the federal and state levels. Along with other previous transfers of our interests, we believe that certain recapitalization transactions completed in 2019 (the “Recapitalization Transactions”) caused a “change of control” for income tax purposes, which may significantly limit our ability to use NOLs and certain other tax assets to offset future taxable income, possibly reducing the amount of cash available to us to satisfy our obligations. The “change of control” rules limit the annual net operating loss deduction in a given year to an amount based on the value of the Company on the change date multiplied by the federal tax exempt bond rate. This makes it more likely for the Company to pay some amount of income tax in the years it has positive taxable income. This limitation also makes it more likely for NOL carryovers to expire unutilized.

If the IRS makes audit adjustments to the Partnership’s income tax returns for 2018 or 2019 tax years, it (and some states) may assess and collect any taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) resulting from such audit adjustment directly from us, in which case our financial condition could be adversely affected.

Pursuant to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015, for our 2018 and 2019 tax years, if the IRS makes audit adjustments to the Partnership’s income tax returns, it (and some states) may assess and collect any taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) resulting from such audit adjustment directly from us. To the extent possible under the new rules, we may elect to either pay the taxes (including any applicable penalties and interest) directly to the IRS or, if we are eligible, issue a revised Schedule K-1 to each holder of the Partnership’s common units during the applicable year with respect to an unaudited and adjusted return. Although we may elect to have such unitholders take such audit adjustment into account in accordance with their interests in the Partnership during the tax year under audit, there can be no assurance the election will be practical, permissible or effective in all circumstances. As a result, StoneMor Inc. may be required to pay the necessary taxes, which would mean that our current stockholders may indirectly bear some or all of the impact of the tax liability resulting from such audit adjustment, even if they did not own units in us during the tax year under audit. If, as a result of any such audit adjustment, we are required to make payments of taxes, penalties and/or interest, our financial condition could be adversely affected. These rules were not applicable for tax years beginning on or prior to December 31, 2017.

Because fixed costs are inherent in our business, a decrease in our revenues can have a disproportionate effect on our cash flow and profits.

Our business requires us to incur many of the costs of operating and maintaining facilities, land and equipment regardless of the level of sales in any given period. For example, we must pay salaries, utilities, property taxes and maintenance costs on our cemetery properties and funeral homes regardless of the number of interments or funeral services we perform. If we cannot decrease these costs significantly or rapidly when we experience declines in sales, declines in sales can cause our margins, profits and cash flow to decline at a greater rate than the decline in our revenues.

Economic, financial and stock market fluctuations could affect future potential earnings and cash flows and could result in future intangible asset and long-lived asset impairments.

In addition to an annual review, we assess the impairment of our intangible assets and other long-lived assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be greater than fair value and therefore not fully recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of the assets to the future net cash flow, undiscounted and without interest, expected to be generated by the assets. Factors that could trigger an interim impairment review include, but are not limited to, a significant decline in the market value of our stock or debt values, significant under-performance relative to historical or projected future operating results, and significant negative industry or economic trends. Based on the results of our impairment tests of our long-lived assets throughout 2021, we concluded that none of our long-lived assets were impaired.

13


 

Table of Contents

OPERATIONAL RISKS

Cemetery burial practice claims could have a material adverse impact on our financial results, and unfavorable publicity resulting from claims, or otherwise, could affect our reputation and business.

Our cemetery practices have evolved and improved over time. Most of our cemeteries have been operating for decades and some have in the past used practices and procedures that are outdated in comparison to today’s standards. When cemetery disputes occur, we have in the past been, and may in the future be, subject to litigation and liability for improper burial practices, including:

burial practices of a different era that are judged today in hindsight as being outdated; and
alleged violations of our practices and procedures by one or more of our associates.

In addition, since we acquired most of our cemeteries from third parties, we have in the past been, and may in the future be, subject to litigation and liability based upon actions or events that occurred before we acquired or managed the cemeteries. Claims or litigation based upon our cemetery burial practices could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Since our operations relate to life events that are emotionally stressful for our client families, our business is dependent on customer trust and confidence. Unfavorable publicity about our business generally or in relation to any specific location could affect our reputation and customers’ trust and confidence in our products and services, thereby having an adverse impact upon our sales and financial results.

Our business may be affected by rising inflation and other issues that affect consumer spending.

Our results of operations are affected by the level of consumer spending and, therefore, by changes in the economic factors that impact consumer spending. Although the rate of inflation has been low in recent years, we are currently experiencing a significant rise in inflation. This and other economic conditions or events, such as a contraction in the financial markets, higher interest rates, high unemployment levels, decreases in consumer disposable income, unavailability of consumer credit, higher consumer debt levels, higher fuel, energy and other commodity costs and product cost increases, could reduce or shift consumer spending generally, which could cause our customers to spend less on the merchandise and services they purchase from us. Reduced consumer spending may also result in reduced demand for our pre-need products and services. A reduction or shift in consumer spending could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our ability to generate pre-need sales depends on a number of factors, including sales incentives and local and general economic conditions.

Significant declines in pre-need sales would reduce our backlog and revenue and could reduce our future market share. On the other hand, a significant increase in pre-need sales could have a negative impact on cash flow as a result of commissions and other costs incurred initially without corresponding revenue.

We are continuing to refine the mix of service and product offerings in both our funeral and cemetery segments, including changes in our sales commission and incentive structure. These changes could cause us to experience declines in pre-need sales in the short-run. In addition, economic conditions at the local or national level could cause declines in pre-need sales either as a result of less discretionary income or lower consumer confidence. Declines in pre-need cemetery property sales reduce current revenue, and declines in other pre-need sales would reduce our backlog and future revenue and could reduce future market share.

Our failure to attract and retain qualified sales personnel and management could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Our ability to attract and retain a qualified sales force and other personnel is an important factor in achieving future success. Buying cemetery and funeral home products and services, especially at-need products and services, is very emotional for most customers, so our sales force must be particularly sensitive to our customers’ needs. We cannot assure our stockholders that we will be successful in our efforts to attract and retain a skilled sales force. If we are unable to maintain a qualified and productive sales force, our revenues may decline and our cash available for distribution may decrease.

14


 

Table of Contents

Our success also depends upon the services and capabilities of our management team. Management establishes the “tone at the top” by which an environment of ethical values, operating style and management philosophy is fostered. The inability of our senior management team to maintain a proper “tone at the top” or the loss of services of one or more members of senior management, as well as the inability to attract qualified managers or other personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may not be able to locate or employ on acceptable terms qualified replacements for senior management or key employees if their services were no longer available. We do not maintain key employee insurance on any of our executive officers.

We rely significantly on information technology and any failure, inadequacy, interruption or security lapse of that technology, including any cybersecurity incidents, could harm our ability to operate our business effectively.

Our ability to manage and maintain our internal reports effectively and integrate new business acquisitions depends significantly on our operational technology platform and other information systems. Some of our information technology systems may experience interruptions, delays or cessations of service or produce errors in connection with ongoing systems implementation work. Cybersecurity attacks in particular are evolving and include, but are not limited to, malicious software, attempts to gain unauthorized access to data and other electronic security breaches that could lead to disruptions in systems and corruption of data. The failure of our systems to operate effectively or to integrate with other systems or a breach in security or other unauthorized access of these systems may also result in reduced efficiency of our operations and could require significant capital investments to remediate any such failure, problem or breach and to comply with applicable regulations, all of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Any failure to maintain the security of the information relating to our customers, their loved ones, our employees and our vendors could damage our reputation, cause us to incur substantial additional costs and make us subject to litigation, all of which could adversely affect our operating results, financial condition or cash flow.

In the ordinary course of our business, we receive certain personal information, in both physical and electronic formats, about our customers, their loved ones, our employees and our vendors. In addition, our online operations depend upon the secure transmission of confidential information over public networks, including information permitting electronic payments. We maintain security measures and data backup systems to protect, store and prevent unauthorized access to such information. However, it is possible that computer hackers and others (through cyberattacks, which are rapidly evolving and becoming increasingly sophisticated, or by other means) might defeat our security measures in the future and obtain the personal information of customers, their loved ones, our employees and our vendors that we hold. In addition, our employees, contractors or third parties with whom we do business may attempt to circumvent our security measures to misappropriate such information and may purposefully or inadvertently cause a breach, corruption or data loss involving such information. A breach of our security measures or failure in our backup systems could adversely affect our reputation with our customers and their loved ones, our employees and our vendors, as well as our operations, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow. It could also result in litigation against us or the imposition of penalties. Moreover, a security breach could require that we expend significant additional resources to upgrade further the security measures that we employ to guard such important personal information against cyberattacks and other attempts to access such information and could result in a disruption of our operations.

Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and damage our reputation.

From time to time, we are party to various claims and legal proceedings, including, but not limited to, claims and proceedings regarding employment, cemetery or burial practices and other litigation. As set forth more fully in Part I, Item 3. Legal Proceedings and Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 14 Commitments and Contingencies of this Annual Report, we are currently subject to state law claims that certain of our officers and directors breached their fiduciary duty to the Company. We could also become subject to additional claims and legal proceedings relating to the factual allegations made in these actions. We are also subject to class or collective actions under the wage and hours provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act and state wage and hour laws, including, but not limited to, national and state class or collective actions, or putative class or collective actions.

Adverse outcomes in some or all of our pending cases may result in significant monetary damages or injunctive relief against us, as litigation and other claims are subject to inherent uncertainties. Any such adverse outcomes, in pending cases or other lawsuits that may arise in the future, could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, results of operations and cash flow. While we hold insurance policies that may reduce cash outflows with respect to adverse outcomes of certain litigation matters, these insurance policies exclude certain claims, such as claims arising under the Fair Labor Standards Act.

15


 

Table of Contents

In addition, litigation claims and legal proceedings could demand substantial amounts of our management’s time, resulting in the diversion of our management resources from effectively managing our business operations, and costs to defend litigation claims and legal proceedings could be material. Any adverse publicity resulting from allegations made in litigation claims or legal proceedings may also adversely affect our reputation. All these factors could negatively affect our business and results of operations.

Broad-based business or economic disruptions caused by global health concerns, including the COVID-19 Pandemic, and other crises could adversely affect our business, financial condition, profitability or cash flows.

Global health concerns, such as the COVID-19 Pandemic, could result in social, economic and labor instability that adversely affect our employee and customer relationships, pre-need sales activity, the value of our trust investments and associated funding obligations, and in so doing adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. For example, governmental actions restricting public gatherings and interaction may result in our customers deferring making purchase decisions regarding pre-need arrangements or delaying holding funeral services and may result in our inability to operate our cemeteries and funeral homes, which would have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Although our cemeteries and funeral homes have largely remained open and available to serve our families in all the locations in which we operate to the extent permitted by local authorities, throughout the COVID-19 Pandemic, this may not continue. We have experienced limited location closures due to COVID-19 cases, required quarantines and cleanings. In addition, our pre-need customers with installment contracts could default on their installment contracts due to lost work or other financial stresses arising from the COVID-19 Pandemic. Having to adjust our policies and practices to respond to global health concerns could also result in increased operating expenses. We continue to monitor this ongoing public health crisis and its impact on our employees, customers and vendors and the overall economic environment within the U.S. and worldwide, but we cannot presently predict the full scope and severity of the disruptions caused by the COVID-19 Pandemic on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

We are subject to legal restrictions on our marketing practices that could reduce the volume of our sales, which could have an adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition.

The enactment or amendment of legislation or regulations relating to marketing activities may make it more difficult for us to sell our products and services. For example, the federal “do not call” legislation has adversely affected our ability to market our products and services using telephone solicitation, by limiting whom we may call and increasing our costs of compliance. As a result, we rely heavily on direct mail marketing and telephone follow-up with existing contacts. Additional laws or regulations limiting our ability to market through direct mail, over the telephone, through Internet and e-mail advertising or door-to-door may make it difficult to identify potential customers, which could increase our costs of marketing. Both increases in marketing costs and restrictions on our ability to market effectively could reduce our revenues and could have an adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition, as well as our ability to generate cash to pay our debts.

STRATEGIC RISKS

Our ability to execute our strategic plans depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.

Our strategic plans are focused on efforts to revitalize the business, grow our revenue and manage our operating and non-recurring operating expenses. Many of the factors that impact our ability to execute our strategic plans, such as the number of deaths and general economic conditions, are beyond our control. Changes in operating conditions, such as supply disruptions and labor disputes, could negatively impact our operations. If we are unable to leverage scale to drive cost savings, productivity improvements, pre-need production or anticipated earnings growth, or if we are unable to deploy capital to maximize stockholder value, our financial performance could be affected. If we are unable to identify acquisitions and/or divestitures as planned or to realize expected synergies and strategic benefits, our financial performance could also be affected. We cannot give assurance that we will be able to execute any or all of our strategic plans. Failure to execute any or all of our strategic plans could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. Refer to “General Trends and Outlook” of Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for a discussion of our business strategies.

16


 

Table of Contents

Failure to effectively identify and manage acquisitions and divestitures could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

We continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities that could strategically fit our business objectives. Refer to “Recent Events” of Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for a discussion of our recently completed acquisitions. However, we may not be successful in identifying and acquiring additional cemeteries or funeral homes on terms favorable to us or at all and may face competition from other death care companies in making acquisitions. In addition, if we complete acquisitions, we may encounter various associated risks, including:

the failure to achieve our strategic objectives or performance expectations, for example due to the inability to integrate an acquired business into our operations;
over-valuation of the companies or assets that we acquire;
disputes that may occur with the sellers;
failure to effectively monitor compliance with corporate policies and/or regulatory requirements;
diversion of management’s attention from other aspects of our business;
unanticipated risks or liabilities associated with the acquired company’s operations; and
insufficient indemnification from the sellers for liabilities incurred by the acquired companies prior to the acquisitions.

These risks could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial performance. Moreover, if we acquire cemeteries that do not have an existing pre-need sales program or a significant amount of pre-need products and services that have been sold but not yet purchased or performed, the operation of the cemetery and implementation of a pre-need sales program after acquisition may require significant amounts of working capital. Additionally, we could incur impairment losses on goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite life or restructuring charges as a result of acquisitions we make.

In addition, during 2021 and 2020, we completed several divestitures as part of an asset sale program designed to divest assets at attractive multiples, reduce debt levels and improve cash flow and liquidity. However, we may not be successful in identifying additional divestiture opportunities on terms acceptable to us and the gains or losses on the divestiture of, or lost operating income from, such assets may affect our earnings. For the year ended December 31, 2021, our Loss from continuing operations before income taxes included a Loss on sale of business and other impairments of $2.3 million.

If our execution and implementation of acquisitions and divestitures is unsuccessful, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be adversely affected. We may also incur asset impairment charges related to divestitures or acquisitions that would reduce our earnings.

RISKS RELATED TO TRUST FUNDS

Our merchandise and perpetual care trust funds own investments in equity securities, fixed income securities, mutual funds and master limited partnerships, which are affected by financial market conditions that are beyond our control.

Pursuant to state law, a portion of the proceeds from pre-need sales of merchandise and services is put into merchandise trusts until such time that we meet the requirements for releasing trust principal, which is generally delivery of merchandise or performance of services. In addition, the 2029 Indenture also provides certain limitations on how the assets in the merchandise trusts may be invested. Generally, a majority of the investment earnings generated by the assets in the merchandise trusts, including realized gains and losses, are deferred until the associated merchandise is delivered or the services are performed.

Also, pursuant to state law, a portion of the proceeds from the sale of cemetery property is required to be paid into perpetual care trusts. The perpetual care trust principal does not belong to us and must remain in this trust in perpetuity while interest and dividends may be released and used to defray cemetery maintenance costs.

These trust assets are managed by a trustee, which is advised by Cornerstone, our registered investment adviser subsidiary, all under the oversight of the Trust and Compliance Committee of our Board. Cornerstone has engaged three sub-advisers, including Axar, to assist Cornerstone in providing investment recommendations with respect to certain trust assets, on a non-discretionary basis. There is no guarantee that the trustee will achieve its objectives and deliver adequate returns, and the trustee’s investment choices may result in losses. In addition, our returns on these investments are affected by financial market conditions that are beyond our control. If the investments in our trust funds experience significant declines, there could be insufficient funds in the

17


 

Table of Contents

trusts to cover the costs of delivering services and merchandise. Pursuant to state law, we may be required to cover any such shortfall in merchandise trusts with cash flows from operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. A substantial portion of our revenue is generated from investment returns that we realize from merchandise and perpetual care trusts. Unstable economic conditions have, at times, caused us to experience declines in the fair value of the assets held in these trusts. Moreover, future cash flows could be negatively impacted if we are forced to liquidate any such investments that are in an impaired position.

If the fair market value of these trusts, plus any other amount due to us upon delivery of the associated contracts, were to decline below the estimated costs to deliver the underlying products and services, we would be required to record a charge to earnings to record a liability for the expected losses on the delivery of the associated contracts.

For more information related to our trust investments, see Note 6 Merchandise Trusts and Note 7 Perpetual Care Trusts to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report.

We may be required to replenish our funeral and cemetery trust funds in order to meet minimum funding requirements, which would have a negative effect on our earnings and cash flow.

In certain states, we have withdrawn allowable distributable earnings from our merchandise trusts, including gains prior to the maturity or cancellation of the related contract. Additionally, some states have laws that either require replenishment of investment losses under certain circumstances or impose various restrictions on withdrawals of future earnings when trust fund values drop below certain prescribed amounts. In the event of realized losses or market declines, we may be required to deposit portions or all of these amounts into the respective trusts in some future period. As of December 31, 2021, we had unrealized losses of approximately $0.5 million in the various trusts within these states, of which $0.4 million were in merchandise trust accounts and $0.1 million were in perpetual care trust accounts. To date, we have not been required to make such deposits; however one state has restricted us from withdrawing otherwise distributable earnings from the perpetual care trust until the accounts recover from losses.

Any reductions in the earnings of the investments held in merchandise and perpetual care trusts could adversely affect our revenues and cash flow.

We invest our trust assets primarily for generation of realized income. We rely on the earnings, interest and dividends paid by the assets in our trusts to provide both revenue and cash flow. Interest income from fixed-income securities is particularly susceptible to changes in interest rates and declines in credit worthiness while dividends from equity securities are susceptible to the issuer’s ability to make such payments. Declines in earnings from perpetual care trust funds would cause a decline in current revenue, while declines in earnings from other trust funds could cause a decline in future cash flows and revenue.

COMPETITIVE AND MARKET RISKS IN THE DEATHCARE INDUSTRY

The cemetery and funeral home industry continues to be competitive, and if we are not able to respond effectively to changing consumer preferences, our market share, revenues and profitability could decrease.

Our ability to compete successfully depends on our management’s forward vision, timely responses to changes in the business environment and the ability of our cemeteries and funeral homes to maintain a good reputation and high professional standards as well as offer products and services at competitive prices. If we are unable to compete successfully, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

We experience price competition from independent funeral service location and cemetery operators, monument dealers, casket retailers, low-cost funeral providers and other nontraditional providers of merchandise and services. New market entrants tend to attempt to build market share by offering lower cost alternatives. In the past, this price competition has resulted in our losing market share in some markets. In other markets, we have had to reduce prices or offer discounts, thereby reducing profit margins in order to retain or recapture market share. Independent competitors tend to be aggressive in distinguishing themselves by their independent ownership, and they promote their independence through television, radio and print advertising, direct mailings and personal contact. Increasing pressures from new market entrants and continued advertising and marketing by competitors in local markets could cause us to lose market share and revenue. In addition, competitors may change the types or mix of products or services offered. These changes may attract customers, causing us to lose market share and revenue as well as to incur costs in response to this competition. Increased use of the internet by customers to research and/or purchase products and services could also have an adverse impact upon our sales and financial results.

18


 

Table of Contents

Future market share, revenues and profits will depend in part on our ability to anticipate, identify and respond to changing consumer preferences ahead of and/or better than our competitors. In addition, any strategies we may implement to address these trends may prove incorrect or ineffective.

If the trend toward cremation in the U.S. continues, our revenues may decline, which could have an adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

We and other deathcare companies that focus on traditional methods of interment face competition from the increasing number of cremations in the U.S. Industry statistics compiled by the Cremation Association of North America indicate that the percentage of cremations has steadily increased. In 2020, the U.S. cremation rate was 56.1%, with an annual growth rate per year over 2015 to 2020 of 1.5%. The cremation rate is projected to increase to 65.2% by 2025 and 72.8% by 2030. Because the products and services associated with cremations, such as niches and urns, produce lower revenues than the products and services associated with traditional interments, a continuing trend toward cremation may reduce our revenues. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, sales related to cremations represented approximately 5.8% and 7.1%, respectively, of our consolidated revenues.

Declines in the number of deaths in our markets can cause a decrease in revenues.

Declines in the number of deaths could cause at-need sales of cemetery and funeral home merchandise and services to decline and could cause a decline in the number of pre-need sales, both of which could decrease revenues. Changes in the number of deaths can vary among local markets and from quarter to quarter, and variations in the number of deaths in our markets or from quarter to quarter are not predictable. Generally, the number of deaths may fluctuate depending on weather conditions and illness.

Risks associated with our supply chain could materially adversely affect our financial performance.

We are dependent on our supply chain to supply merchandise to our cemetery and funeral home locations. If our fulfillment network does not operate properly, if a supplier fails to deliver on its commitments, or if delivery networks have difficulty providing capacity to meet demands for their services, we could experience merchandise delivery delays or increased delivery costs, which could lead to lost sales and decreased customer confidence and adversely affect our results of operations. Changes in the costs of procuring commodities used in our merchandise or the costs related to our supply chain, due to inflation or other matters, could adversely affect our results of operations.

Regulation and compliance could have a material adverse impact on our financial results.

Our operations are subject to regulation, supervision and licensing under numerous federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, including extensive regulations concerning trusts/escrows, pre-need sales, cemetery ownership, funeral home ownership, marketing practices, crematories, environmental matters and various other aspects of our business. For example, the funeral industry is regulated at the federal level by the FTC, which requires funeral service locations to take actions designed to protect consumers. Our facilities are also subject to stringent health, safety, and environmental regulations. Our pay practices, including wage and hour overtime pay, are also subject to federal and state regulations. Violations of applicable laws could result in fines or sanctions against us. We may experience significant increases in costs as a result of business regulations and laws, which are beyond our control, including increases in the cost of health care. Although we seek to control increases in these costs, continued upward pressure on costs could reduce the profitability of our business.

State laws impose licensing requirements and regulate pre-need sales. As such, we are subject to state trust fund and pre-need sales practice audits, which could result in audit adjustments as a result of non-compliance. In addition, we assume the liability for any audit adjustments for our acquired businesses for periods under audit prior to our ownership of these acquired businesses. These audit adjustments could have a material adverse impact on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

In addition, from time to time, governments and agencies propose to amend or add regulations or reinterpret existing regulations, which could increase costs and decrease cash flows. For example, foreign, federal, state, local, and other regulatory agencies have considered and may enact additional legislation or regulations that could affect the deathcare industry. These include regulations that require more liberal refund and cancellation policies for pre-need sales of products and services, limit or eliminate our ability to use surety bonding, require the escheatment of trust funds, increase trust requirements, require the deposit of funds or collateral to offset unrealized losses of trusts, and/or prohibit the common ownership of funeral service locations and cemeteries in the same market. If adopted by the regulatory authorities of the jurisdictions in which we operate, these and other possible proposals could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows.

19


 

Table of Contents

Compliance with laws, regulations, industry standards, and customs concerning burial procedures and the handling and care of human remains is critical to the continued success of our business. We continually monitor and review our operations in an effort to ensure that we take the right actions necessary to remaining in compliance with these laws, regulations and standards. However, litigation and regulatory proceedings regarding these issues could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

For additional information regarding the regulation of the funeral and cemetery industry, see Part I, Item 1. Business, Regulation of this Annual Report.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR COMMON STOCK

Axar holds a majority of the voting power of our common stock.

Axar beneficially owns approximately 74.9% of our outstanding common stock and as a result, has the ability, subject to certain restrictions in a voting agreement, to elect all of the members of our Board of Directors. In addition, subject to certain restrictions in that voting agreement, it will be able to determine the outcome of all other matters requiring stockholder approval, including certain mergers and other material transactions, and will be able to cause or prevent a change in the composition of our Board of Directors or a change in control of our Company that could deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common stock as part of a sale of our Company. So long as Axar continues to own a significant amount of our outstanding shares, even if such amount is less than 50%, it will continue to be able to strongly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, regardless of whether or not other stockholders believe that the transaction is in their own best interests. Axar’s ownership interest also makes us a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) listing standards. Our Corporate Governance Guidelines, consistent with the listing standards applicable to companies that are not controlled companies, require that a majority of our directors and all of the members of our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee be independent within the meaning of those standards. However, we can amend our Corporate Governance Guidelines in our Board’s discretion, and as a controlled company, we are not subject to the requirement that a majority of our directors and all of the members of our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee be independent.

We do not expect to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future.

The 2029 Indenture governing our 2029 Notes prohibits us from paying any dividends with limited exceptions.

GENERAL RISKS

A number of years may elapse before particular tax matters, for which we have established accruals, are audited and finally resolved.

We are subject to federal income tax laws and state tax laws. The number of tax years open to audit varies depending on the tax jurisdiction. The federal statutes of limitations have expired for all tax years prior to 2016, and we are not currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). Various state jurisdictions are conducting sales tax audits from years 2015 to 2019 and escheat audits from year 2005 to present day. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome or the timing of resolution of any particular tax matter, we believe that our accruals reflect the probable outcome of known tax contingencies. However, unfavorable settlement of any particular issue may reduce a deferred tax asset or require the use of cash, which may have a material adverse impact to our financial statements. Favorable resolution could result in reduced income tax expense reported in the financial statements in the future. For further details, see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 12 Income Taxes of this Annual Report.

Changes in taxation as well as the inherent difficulty in quantifying potential tax effects of business decisions could have a material adverse effect on the results of our operations, financial condition, or cash flows.

We make judgments regarding the utilization of existing income tax credits and the potential tax effects of various financial transactions and results of operations to estimate our obligations to taxing authorities. Tax obligations include income, franchise, real estate, sales and use and employment-related taxes. These judgments include reserves for potential adverse outcomes regarding tax positions that have been taken. Changes in federal, state, or local tax laws, adverse tax audit results, or adverse tax rulings on positions taken could have a material adverse effect on the results of our operations, financial condition or cash flow.

20


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

CEMETERIES AND FUNERAL HOMES

The following table summarizes the distribution of our cemetery and funeral home properties by state as of December 31, 2021 as well as the average estimated remaining sales life in years for our cemeteries based upon the number of interment spaces sold during the most recent three years:

 

 

Cemeteries

 

 

Funeral
Homes

 

 

Cemetery
Net Acres

 

 

Average
Estimated
 Net Sales Life
in Years

 

 

Number
of Interment
Spaces Sold
in 2021

 

Alabama

 

 

9

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

305

 

 

 

182

 

 

 

1,003

 

Colorado

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

647

 

 

 

25

 

Delaware

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

382

 

 

 

9

 

Florida

 

 

9

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

278

 

 

 

102

 

 

 

975

 

Georgia

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

135

 

 

 

136

 

 

 

496

 

Illinois

 

 

11

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

438

 

 

 

126

 

 

 

1,055

 

Indiana

 

 

11

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

1,013

 

 

 

281

 

 

 

1,027

 

Iowa

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

89

 

 

 

966

 

 

 

41

 

Kansas

 

 

3

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

178

 

Kentucky

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

140

 

 

 

104

 

Maryland

 

 

10

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

716

 

 

 

194

 

 

 

1,110

 

Michigan

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

818

 

 

 

478

 

 

 

651

 

Mississippi

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

317

 

 

 

48

 

Missouri

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

146

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

297

 

New Jersey

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

341

 

 

 

80

 

 

 

994

 

North Carolina

 

 

19

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

619

 

 

 

212

 

 

 

1,447

 

Ohio

 

 

12

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

558

 

 

 

361

 

 

 

942

 

Oregon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

72

 

Pennsylvania

 

 

68

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

5,319

 

 

 

389

 

 

 

5,541

 

Puerto Rico

 

 

7

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

209

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

721

 

Rhode Island

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

221

 

 

 

27

 

South Carolina

 

 

8

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

395

 

 

 

329

 

 

 

420

 

Tennessee

 

 

11

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

657

 

 

 

173

 

 

 

1,344

 

Virginia

 

 

34

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1,183

 

 

 

292

 

 

 

1,786

 

Washington

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

West Virginia

 

 

33

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1,404

 

 

 

651

 

 

 

875

 

Wisconsin

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

533

 

 

 

342

 

 

 

545

 

Total

 

 

300

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

15,437

 

 

 

282

 

 

 

21,739

 

We calculated estimated remaining sales life for each of our cemeteries by dividing the number of unsold interment spaces as of December 31, 2021 by the average number of interment spaces sold at that cemetery in the three most recent fiscal years. For purposes of estimating remaining sales life, we defined unsold interment spaces as unsold burial lots and unsold spaces in existing mausoleum crypts as of December 31, 2021. We defined interment spaces sold in the three most recent fiscal years as:

the number of burial lots sold, net of cancellations, over such period;
the number of spaces sold over such period in existing mausoleum crypts, net of cancellations; and
the number of spaces sold over such period in mausoleum crypts that we have not yet built, net of cancellations.

We count the sale of a double-depth burial lot as the sale of two interment spaces since a double-depth burial lot includes two interment rights. For the same reason we count an unsold double-depth burial lot as two unsold interment spaces. Because our sales of cremation niches were immaterial, we did not include cremation niches in the calculation of estimated remaining sales life. When calculating estimated remaining sales life, we did not take into account any future cemetery expansion. In addition,

21


 

Table of Contents

sales of an unusually high or low number of interment spaces in a particular year affect our calculation of estimated remaining sales life. Future sales may differ from previous years’ sales, and actual remaining sales life may differ from our estimates. We calculated the average estimated remaining sales life by aggregating unsold interment spaces and interment spaces sold on a state-by-state or company-wide basis. Based on the average number of interment spaces sold in the last three fiscal years, we estimate that our cemeteries have an aggregate average remaining sales life of 282 years.

The following table shows the cemetery properties that we owned or operated as of December 31, 2021, grouped by estimated remaining sales life:

 

 

0 - 25
years

 

 

26 - 49
years

 

 

50 - 100
years

 

 

101 - 150
years

 

 

151 - 200
years

 

 

Over 200
years

 

Alabama

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

Colorado

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

Delaware

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Florida

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Georgia

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Illinois

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

5

 

Indiana

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

6

 

Iowa

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kansas

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Kentucky

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

Maryland

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

4

 

Michigan

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Mississippi

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Missouri

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

New Jersey

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

North Carolina

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

Ohio

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Pennsylvania

 

 

12

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

44

 

Puerto Rico

 

 

3

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

Rhode Island

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

South Carolina

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

Tennessee

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Virginia

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

West Virginia

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

20

 

Wisconsin

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

13

 

Total

 

 

32

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

172

 

We believe that we have either satisfactory title to or valid rights to use all of our cemetery properties. The 29 cemetery properties that we manage or operate under long-term lease, operating or management agreements have nonprofit owners. We believe that these cemeteries have either satisfactory title to or valid rights to use these cemetery properties and that we have valid rights to use these properties under the long-term agreements. Although title to the cemetery properties is subject to encumbrances, such as liens for taxes, encumbrances securing payment obligations, easements, restrictions and immaterial encumbrances, we do not believe that any of these burdens should materially detract from the value of these properties or from our interest in these properties nor should these burdens materially interfere with the use of our cemetery properties in the operation of our business as described above. Many of our cemetery properties are located in zoned regions, and we believe that cemetery use is permitted for those cemeteries: (i) as expressly permitted under applicable zoning ordinances; (ii) through a special exception to applicable zoning designations; or (iii) as an existing non-conforming use.

OTHER

In November 2020, we terminated the lease of our 57,000 square foot corporate office in Trevose, PA. Simultaneously, we executed a new lease of approximately 16,000 square feet for a new corporate office in Bensalem PA, with a new landlord for an eight year term commencing April 1, 2021. In the interim, the new landlord provided a temporary office space at the same location of approximately 5,500 square feet to use during the buildout of the new office space.

We are also tenants under various leases covering office spaces other than our corporate headquarters.

22


 

Table of Contents

For information regarding our significant pending administrative and judicial proceedings involving regulatory, operating, transactional, environmental, and other matters, see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements—Note 14 Commitments and Contingencies.

We and certain of our subsidiaries are parties to legal proceedings that have arisen in the ordinary course of business. We do not expect such matters to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We carry insurance with coverage and coverage limits that we believe to be customary in the cemetery and funeral home industry. Although there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to protect us against such contingencies, we believe that our insurance protection is reasonable in view of the nature and scope of our operations.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

MARKET INFORMATION

Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “STON”.

HOLDERS

As of March 23, 2022, there were approximately 10,990 holders of record of our common stock.

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN

For equity compensation plan information, see Part III, Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters of this Annual Report.

PERFORMANCE GRAPH

As a smaller reporting company, we have elected not to provide the performance graph otherwise required by this Item.

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Period

 

(a)
Total Number of Shares Purchased
(1)

 

 

(b)
Average Price Paid per Share
(2)

 

 

(c)
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs

 

 

(d)
Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value) of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs

 

December 3, 2021

 

 

34,700

 

 

$

2.49

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Total

 

 

34,700

 

 

$

2.49

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

(1)
Represents shares withheld upon the vesting of awards under the StoneMor 2019 Amended and Restated Long-Term Incentive Plan to satisfy certain tax obligations of the recipients of such awards arising from the vesting thereof and thus may be deemed to have been repurchased by the Company.
(2)
The value of the shares withheld was the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the last trading day before the date on which such shares were withheld.

ITEM 6. [RESERVED]

23


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Management’s discussion and analysis presented below provides information to assist in understanding the Company’s financial condition and results of operations and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report.

Certain statements contained in this Annual Report, including, but not limited to, information regarding our operating activities, the plans and objectives of our management and assumptions regarding our future performance and plans are forward-looking statements. When used in this Annual Report, the words “believes,” “anticipates,” “expects” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on management’s expectations and estimates. These statements are neither promises nor guarantees and are made subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results stated or implied in this Annual Report. We believe the assumptions underlying the consolidated financial statements are reasonable.

Our risks and uncertainties are more particularly described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Annual Report. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report, which speak only as of the date the statements were made. Except as required by applicable laws, we undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

We are one of the leading providers of funeral and cemetery products and services in the death care industry in the United States (“U.S.”). As of December 31, 2021, we operated 300 cemeteries in 24 states and Puerto Rico, of which 271 were owned and 29 were operated under leases, operating agreements or management agreements. We also owned, operated or managed 69 funeral homes in 15 states and Puerto Rico.

Our revenue is derived from our Cemetery Operations and Funeral Home Operations segments. Our Cemetery Operations segment principally generates revenue from sales of interment rights, cemetery merchandise, which includes markers, bases, vaults, caskets and cremation niches and our cemetery services, which include opening and closing (“O&C”) services, cremation services and fees for the installation of cemetery merchandise. Our Funeral Home Operations segment principally generates revenue from sales of funeral home merchandise, which includes caskets and other funeral related items and service revenues, which include services such as family consultation, the removal of and preparation of remains and the use of funeral home facilities for visitation and prayer services. These sales occur both at the time of death, which we refer to as at-need, and prior to the time of death, which we refer to as pre-need. Our Funeral Home Operations segment also include revenues related to the sale of term and whole life insurance on an agency basis, in which we earn a commission from the sales of these insurance policies.

The pre-need sales enhance our financial position by providing a backlog of future revenue from both trust and insurance-funded pre-need funeral and cemetery sales. We believe pre-need sales add to the stability and predictability of our revenues and cash flows. Pre-need sales are typically sold on an installment plan. While revenue on the majority of pre-need funeral sales is deferred until the time of need, sales of pre-need cemetery property interment rights provide opportunities for full current revenue recognition when the property is available for use by the customer.

We also earn investment income on certain payments received from customers on pre-need contracts, which are required by law to be deposited into the merchandise and service trusts. Amounts are withdrawn from the merchandise and service trusts when we fulfill the performance obligations. Earnings on these trust funds, which are specifically identifiable for each performance obligation, are also included in the total transaction price. For sales of interment rights, a portion of the cash proceeds received are required to be deposited into a perpetual care trust. While the principal balance of the perpetual care trust must remain in the trust in perpetuity, we recognize investment income on such assets as revenue, excluding realized gains and losses from the sale of trust assets. Pre-need contracts are subject to financing arrangements on an installment basis, with a contractual term not to exceed 60 months. Interest income is recognized utilizing the effective interest method. For those contracts that do not bear a market rate of interest, we impute such interest based upon the prime rate at the time of origination plus 150 basis points in order to segregate the principal and interest components of the total contract value.

Our revenue depends upon the demand for funeral and cemetery services and merchandise, which can be influenced by a variety of factors, some of which are beyond our control including demographic trends, such as population growth, average age, death rates and number of deaths. Our operating results and cash flows could also be influenced by our ability to remain relevant to the

24


 

Table of Contents

customers. We provide a variety of unique product and service offerings to meet the needs of our customers’ families. The mix of services could influence operating results, as it influences the average revenue per contract. Expense management, which includes controlling salaries, merchandise costs, corporate overhead and other expense categories, could also impact operating results and cash flows. Lastly, economic conditions, legislative and regulatory changes and tax law changes, all of which are beyond our control, could impact our operating results and cash flows.

For further discussion of our key operating metrics, see our Results of Operations and Liquidity and Capital Resources sections below.

RECENT EVENTS

The following are key events and transactions that have occurred since January 1, 2021 that were material to us and/or facilitate an understanding of our consolidated financial statements contained in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report:

COVID-19 Pandemic. See the following section “General Trends and Outlook” of Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for discussion on the impact we have seen on our business as a result of the COVID-19 Pandemic.
Axar Letter. On September 27, 2021, we announced that we had received the Letter dated September 22, 2021 from Axar in which Axar expressed an interest in pursuing discussions concerning strategic alternatives that may be beneficial to us and our various stakeholders. Axar has engaged Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP as its legal advisor and stated in the Letter that it would engage a financial advisor at the appropriate time. According to the Letter, Axar expected that any such discussions would be conducted with a special committee of the Board, assisted by financial and legal advisors engaged by such committee. The Letter also stated that any transaction involving Axar arising from such discussions would be conditioned upon, among other things, approval of the special committee and the Board, the negotiation and execution of mutually satisfactory definitive agreements and customary terms. The Letter also stated that any transaction structured as a take-private transaction would be subject to a closing condition that the approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares not owned by Axar or its affiliates be obtained. On September 26, 2021, the Board authorized its Conflicts Committee, which is comprised of independent directors Stephen J. Negrotti, Kevin Patrick and Patricia Wellenbach, to engage in the discussions contemplated by the Letter, including the authority to engage in discussions concerning and to negotiate the terms and provisions of any strategic alternative the Conflicts Committee determines to be appropriate in connection with such discussions. Under its charter, the Conflicts Committee has the authority to reject, approve or recommend that the Board approve any transaction that is a related party transaction, which would include any transaction to which Axar is a party. The Conflicts Committee has retained independent legal and financial advisors to assist in such discussions. Following receipt of the Letter and until recently, the Conflicts Committee and its counsel had engaged in discussions with Axar and Axar’s counsel, which evolved to focus on a potential offer by Axar to acquire the shares of the Company that are not owned by Axar or its affiliates. While these negotiations had been productive, the Conflicts Committee and Axar had not come to agreement on any price that Axar would pay for such shares or on certain other terms of any transaction, and there can be no assurance that any agreement would be reached in the future. Negotiations between the Conflicts Committee and Axar were recently tabled in light of the work undertaken by the Conflicts Committee with respect to the independent review of certain investments by our trusts in which Axar had an interest. See Part III, Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.
 

The Conflicts Committee may at any time determine to resume such negotiations, but there can be no assurance that even if such negotiations are resumed, any agreement with respect to a take-private transaction will be executed or that this or any other transaction will be approved or consummated. The Company does not undertake any obligation to provide any updates with respect to these matters except as required under applicable law.

Refinancing. On May 11, 2021, we issued $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”). The gross proceeds from the sale of the 2029 Notes was $389.9 million, less advisor fees, legal fees, mortgage costs and other closing expenses. The 2029 Notes were issued pursuant to the 2029 Indenture, dated as of May 11, 2021, by and among the Company, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent. Substantially concurrently with the closing of the offering of the 2029 Notes, the 2024 Issuers deposited from the net cash proceeds from the offering of the 2029 Notes an amount sufficient to fund the full redemption of the outstanding 2024 Notes with the 2024 Trustee as trustee under the 2024 Indenture, among the 2024 Issuers, the guarantors party thereto and the 2024 Trustee governing the 2024 Notes. Upon deposit of such funds with the 2024 Trustee, the 2024 Indenture was satisfied and discharged in accordance with its terms. As a result of the

25


 

Table of Contents

satisfaction and discharge of the 2024 Indenture, the 2024 Issuers and the 2024 Guarantors, including the Company, have been released from their obligations with respect to the 2024 Indenture and the 2024 Notes, except with respect to those provisions of the 2024 Indenture that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of the 2024 Indenture.
Moon. In April 2020, we had outsourced all of the grounds and maintenance services at most of the funeral homes and cemeteries we own or manage to Moon Landscaping, Inc. and its affiliate, Rickert Landscaping, Inc. (collectively “Moon”). We also had the right under the MSAs to take back the responsibility for grounds and maintenance services at the locations outsourced to Moon. Due to certain liquidity constraints and performance issues experienced by Moon, we exercised this right with respect to 81 locations effective July 1, 2021, 22 locations effective August 1, 2021, 111 locations effective August 9, 2021, 34 locations effective November 15, 2021 and the remaining locations effective January 7, 2022.

In connection with these changes, we are now using our own equipment to service these locations and rehired the employees Moon had previously hired from us upon execution of the MSAs. These employees are providing certain burial and grounds services for us at these locations using the equipment previously leased to Moon. We are outsourcing substantially all of the landscaping and other maintenance services previously provided by Moon to other vendors who had previously been subcontractors to Moon. We do not anticipate that these changes will have any material impact on the cost of providing the services compared to the amounts that we would have paid to Moon under the MSAs.

On August 12, 2021, Moon and certain of its affiliates filed a petition under Chapter 11 of Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware (the “Bankruptcy Court”). On October 7, 2021, Moon and the Company entered into a summary of terms (the “Term Sheet”) pursuant to which (a) Moon would file a motion with the Bankruptcy Court to assume the MSAs, (b) the aggregate amounts due to the Company from Moon under the MSAs for periods prior to the initial bankruptcy filing (the “Pre-Petition Cure Amount”) was at least $5.1 million, (c) the aggregate amount due to the Company from Moon under the MSAs for periods after such filing were at least $572,605 (the “Post-Petition Cure Amount”), (d) payment of the Pre-Petition Cure Amount would be deferred until a later date, but not later than the effective date of any approved reorganization plan, (e) the Company was permitted to set off $42,500 from each bi-weekly payment to Moon under the MSAs as payment against the Post-Petition Cure Amount, with any unpaid balance being paid when the Pre-Petition Cure Amount was paid, (f) upon Bankruptcy Court approval of Moon’s motion to assume the MSAs, the Company would exercise its right to modify the MSAs by taking back responsibility for ground and maintenance services at an additional 53 locations but would otherwise agree not to further exercise such right for a period of 60 days after such approval absent certain breaches by Moon. On October 14, 2021, Moon filed a motion with the Bankruptcy Court seeking approval to assume the MSAs subject to the terms and conditions of the Term Sheet. After a hearing before the Bankruptcy Court on November 4, 2021, the Bankruptcy Court granted Moon’s motion to assume the MSAs, which would normally include an obligation to repay in full both the Pre-Petition Cure Amount and the Post-Petition Cure Amount as a priority claim in the bankruptcy case. However, in its order, the Bankruptcy Court reserved decision on whether the Pre-Petition Cure Amount would be entitled to such priority treatment notwithstanding the assumption of the MSAs, and all interested parties, including the Company, reserved their respective rights with respect to that decision.

Management believes the impact on the Company of Moon’s bankruptcy filing has been partially mitigated because, over a period of time, we have taken back the responsibilities under the MSAs for all of the locations managed by Moon. However, in the interim, we have continued to experience performance issues and other disruptions in operations at those locations. In addition, from time to time, on the behalf of Moon, we have incurred a higher level of expenses relating to services covered by the MSAs, including location materials and supplies, uniforms, repair of marker damage, customer refunds and payments to third party landscapers and repair shops. These additional payments, which were in addition to the payments specified in the MSAs, were recorded as cemetery operating expenses in the relevant periods and as of December 31, 2021 aggregated $6.0 million. While we have the ability to seek reimbursement from Moon for these additional payments as outlined in the MSAs, we do not expect to recover any material portion of these amounts.

On February 9, 2022, the Bankruptcy Court converted all of the Debtors’ cases (except the case for Moon Nurseries Inc. (“Moon Nurseries”)) to cases proceeding under Chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, and such conversions occurred on February 11, 2022. The Bankruptcy Court found Moon Nurseries to be a “farmer,” as that term is defined within the Bankruptcy Code, and thus it could not convert that case without the Debtor’s consent. On March 9, 2022, the trustee in the Moon Nurseries case filed a motion to convert that case to a case proceeding under Chapter 7. The Bankruptcy Court granted the trustee’s motion on March 22, 2022 and entered an order on March 31, 2022 converting the Moon Nurseries case to a case proceeding under Chapter 7. In light of the conversion of these cases, we do not believe it is likely that we will be able to obtain reimbursement of the Pre-Petition Cure Amount or the Post-Petition Cure Amount in full.

 

26


 

Table of Contents

Divestitures and Acquisitions. On May 24, 2021, we completed the Missouri Sale for a total cash purchase price of $720,000, resulting in a loss on sale of $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.

On April 2, 2021, we completed the Clearstone Sale for a net cash purchase price of $6.2 million, subject to certain adjustments. We redeemed an additional $6.7 million of principal amount of the 2024 Notes in accordance with the terms of the 2024 Indenture. The Clearstone Agreement to sell the Clearstone Assets, together with the other divestitures completed in 2020, represented a strategic exit from the West Coast. Therefore, the results of operations of the Clearstone Assets, and of the businesses sold in 2020 for the period before their respective sales, have been presented as discontinued operations on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Additionally, all of the assets and liabilities associated with the Clearstone Assets have been classified as held for sale on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2020.

On January 31, 2022, we acquired two cemeteries in Virginia for cash consideration of $5.1 million, pursuant to a definitive agreement signed on March 23, 2021 with Daly Seven, Inc. to acquire four cemeteries for a total purchase price of $5.4 million, subject to customary working capital adjustments. The remaining two cemeteries, which are located in North Carolina, are expected to close in the second quarter of 2022.

On March 1, 2022, the Company acquired one funeral home in Florida for a cash purchase price of $1.7 million and on March 15, 2022, the Company acquired one combination cemetery and funeral home, a separate cemetery and a separate funeral home in West Virginia for a cash purchase price of $11.3 million, in each case subject to customary working capital adjustments.

GENERAL TRENDS AND OUTLOOK

We expect our business to be affected by key trends in the deathcare industry, based upon assumptions made by us and information currently available. Deathcare industry factors affecting our financial position and results of operations include, but are not limited to, death rates, the ongoing COVID-19 Pandemic, per capita disposable income, demographic trends in terms of number of adults aged 65 and older, cremation rates and trends and e-commerce sales. The number of deaths which is related to the age structure of the population, mortality rates, disease prevalence, natural disasters, sudden accidents, suicides and other causes drives industry revenue. With the aging of the U.S. population, the number of deaths is expected to increase over the next several years.

27


 

Table of Contents

img89928169_0.jpg 

Cremations typically cost significantly less than traditional burial services and bring in significantly less revenue and profit for cemeteries and funeral homes. The rising demand for cremations due to cost considerations, increased mobility of the population, environmental reasons, religious considerations and changing consumer preferences present a potential threat to the cemetery services and funeral homes industries. According to the National Funeral Directors Association’s 2021 Cremation & Burial Report, in 2021, the projected burial rate is 36.6%, down from 37.5% in 2020, and the projected cremation rate is 57.5%, up from 56.0% in 2020.

Funeral homes have traditionally benefited from limited competition for industry products, such as caskets and urns; however, online retailers are beginning to encroach on this market sector by offering these products to consumers at more cost-effective prices.

In addition, we are subject to fluctuations in the fair value of equity and fixed-maturity debt securities held in our trusts. These values can be negatively impacted by contractions in the credit market and overall downturns in economic activity. Our ability to make payments on our debt depends on our success at managing operations with respect to these industry trends. To the extent our underlying assumptions about or interpretations of available information prove to be incorrect, our actual results may vary materially from our expected results.

COVID-19 Pandemic

The COVID-19 Pandemic poses a significant threat to the health and economic wellbeing of our employees, customers and vendors. Our operations are deemed essential by the state and local governments in which we operate, with the exception of Puerto Rico, and we have been working with federal, state and local government officials to ensure that we continue to satisfy their requirements for offering our essential services.

Our top priority is the health and safety of our employees and the families we serve. Since the start of the outbreak in the U.S., our Company’s senior management team has taken actions to protect our employees and the families served, and to support our field locations as they adapt and adjust to the circumstances resulting from the COVID-19 Pandemic. The operation of all of our

28


 

Table of Contents

facilities is critically dependent on the employees who staff these locations. To ensure the wellbeing of our employees and their families, we provided all of our employees with detailed health and safety literature on COVID-19, such as the CDC’s industry-specific guidelines for working with the deceased who were or may have been infected with COVID-19. In addition, our procurement and safety teams have consistently secured and distributed supplies to ensure that our locations have appropriate personal protective equipment (“PPE”) and cleaning supplies to provide our essential services, as well as updated and developed new safety-oriented guidelines to support daily field operations. These guidelines include reducing the number of staff present for a service and restricting the size and number of attendees. We also implemented additional safety and precautionary measures as it concerns our businesses’ day-to-day interaction with the families and communities we serve. Our corporate office employees began working from home in March 2020 consistent with CDC guidance to reduce the risks of exposure to COVID-19 while still supporting our field operations. We did not experience any significant disruptions to our business as a result of the work from home policies in our corporate office and employees have returned on a hybrid basis. We monitor the CDC guidance on a regular basis, continually review and update our processes and procedures and provide updates to our employees as needed to comply with regulatory guidelines.

Our marketing and sales team quickly responded to the sales challenges presented by the COVID-19 Pandemic by implementing virtual meeting options using a variety of web-based tools to ensure that we can continue to connect with and meet our customers’ needs in a safe, effective and productive manner. Some of our locations provide live video streaming of their funeral and burial services to our customers or providing other alternatives that respect social distancing, so that family and friends can connect during their time of grief.

Like most businesses world-wide, the COVID-19 Pandemic has impacted us financially. At the start of the COVID-19 Pandemic in early 2020, we saw our pre-need sales and at-need sales activity decline as Americans practiced social distancing and crowd size restrictions were put in place. However, since May 2020, we have experienced at-need sales growth, and since late 2020, we have experienced pre-need sales growth. We believe the implementation of our virtual meeting tools early on in the COVID-19 Pandemic was one of several key steps to mitigate this disruption. Throughout the COVID-19 Pandemic, our cemeteries and funeral homes have largely remained open and available to serve our families in all the locations in which we operate to the extent permitted by local authorities, and we expect that this will continue. We have leveraged the relationships we have made with the families we have served during our response to the COVID-19 Pandemic, which has directly resulted in new sales leads and the increase in pre-need sales activity. In addition, as community restrictions have eased and the COVID-19 vaccine became widely available, we have experienced growth in our pre-need cemetery sales, see “Results of Operations” section below.

We expect the COVID-19 Pandemic could have an adverse effect on our future results of operations and cash flows depending on COVID-19 variants and case counts. However we cannot presently predict, with certainty, the scope and severity of that impact. In the event there are confirmed diagnoses of COVID-19 within a significant number of our facilities, we may incur additional costs related to the closing and subsequent cleaning of these facilities and the ability to adequately staff the impacted sites. In addition, our pre-need customers with installment contracts could default on their installment contracts due to lost work or other financial stresses arising from the COVID-19 Pandemic. Alternatively, in the event that COVID-19 case counts continue to normalize and variants become less severe, we would expect to see a reduction in the demand for at-need products and services as well as a reduction in pre-need turning to at-need.

Business Strategies

Our management identified key areas of strategic improvement as part of its turnaround strategy in 2018, which has allowed us to realize upside in our operational and financial performance. We believe that the implementation of these key strategic initiatives allowed us to succeed during the tumultuous environment associated with the COVID-19 Pandemic. The key pillars of the turnaround strategy included:

Strategic Evaluation of Asset Base. We performed a full asset review to align resources on targeted facilities while divesting select non-core assets.
Decentralized Operating Structure. We restructured our operating model with divisional presidents and general managers to increase responsibility of property-level employees and help execute on operational and financial strategies.
Sales Productivity and Profitable Sales Growth. We established key performance indicators, implemented client relationship management analytics, realigned incentives and created new onboarding program to improve the productivity of our sales force.
Significant Expense Reductions. We optimized our expense structure by integrating new expense systems, downsizing headcount and identifying other inefficient uses of resources.

29


 

Table of Contents

Financial Reporting Efficiencies. We upgraded our internal accounting and financial practices and senior accounting personnel to generate increased transparency and financial integrity.

We are poised to execute on a targeted, long-term growth strategy to reduce leverage and increase the sustainability of our operations. We have identified the following pathway to additional growth:

Continued Execution of Organic Growth
o
Continue to recognize the benefits of expanding margins created through the realization of our turnaround strategy and sustainable operational performance;
o
Focus on sales growth and EBITDA at each property location, driving both at-need and pre-need sales for additional cash flow today and into the future;
o
Explore new product offerings to cater to evolving customer demands including cremation products; and
o
Deploy capital expenditure projects to capitalize on new sales, performance or efficiency opportunities.
Inorganic Growth and Acquisition Opportunities
o
Target core markets for accretive, strategic growth that complements our existing portfolio, while leveraging our scale and management capabilities; and
o
Focus on existing synergies to add value to new acquisitions, including trust management capabilities and a robust pre-need sales program.
Naturally De-Lever and Grow Our Platform
o
Use excess cash flow to acquire new properties to create additional EBITDA;
o
Grow at a sustainable pace and integrate assets to take advantage of our existing platform and management expertise; and
o
Continue to build upon our strong backlog of assets and trust appreciation through existing operations, organic growth opportunities and future acquisitions.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

We have two distinct reportable segments, Cemetery Operations and Funeral Home Operations, which are supported by corporate costs and expenses.

Cemetery Operations

Overview

We are currently one of the largest owners and operators of cemeteries in the United States of America. As of December 31, 2021, we operated 300 cemeteries in 24 states and Puerto Rico. We own 271 of these cemeteries, and we manage or operate the remaining 29 under leases, operating agreements or management agreements. Revenues from our Cemetery Operations segment accounted for approximately 86% and 85% of our consolidated revenues during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

30


 

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020

The following table presents operating results for our Cemetery Operations segment for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variance

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Interments

 

$

85,734

 

 

$

67,853

 

 

$

17,881

 

 

 

26

%

Merchandise

 

 

68,095

 

 

 

60,600

 

 

 

7,495

 

 

 

12

%

Services

 

 

70,314

 

 

 

65,701

 

 

 

4,613

 

 

 

7

%

Interest income

 

 

8,455

 

 

 

7,763

 

 

 

692

 

 

 

9

%

Investment and other

 

 

46,352

 

 

 

35,969

 

 

 

10,383

 

 

 

29

%

Total revenues

 

 

278,950

 

 

 

237,886

 

 

 

41,064

 

 

 

17

%

Cost of goods sold

 

 

51,746

 

 

 

40,119

 

 

 

11,627

 

 

 

29

%

Cemetery expense

 

 

76,464

 

 

 

68,654

 

 

 

7,810

 

 

 

11

%

Selling expense

 

 

58,962

 

 

 

49,668

 

 

 

9,294

 

 

 

19

%

General and administrative expense

 

 

42,018

 

 

 

37,970

 

 

 

4,048

 

 

 

11

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

5,997

 

 

 

6,474

 

 

 

(477

)

 

 

(7

%)

Total costs and expenses

 

 

235,187

 

 

 

202,885

 

 

 

32,302

 

 

 

16

%

Segment operating profit

 

$

43,763

 

 

$

35,001

 

 

$

8,762

 

 

 

25

%

Cemetery interments revenues were $85.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $17.9 million and 26% from $67.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in cemetery interments revenues resulted from an increase in pre-need revenues of $15.9 million due to improved productivity of the salesforce and an increase in at-need revenues of $2.7 million primarily related to increases in death rates associated with the COVID-19 Pandemic and the aging Baby Boomer generation, offset by an increase in cancellations and promotional discounts of $0.7 million.

Cemetery merchandise revenues were $68.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $7.5 million and 12% from $60.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in cemetery merchandise revenues resulted from an increase of $5.2 million in at-need revenues and an increase in pre-need turning at-need revenues of $2.4 million, both of which were positively impacted by increased burial and death rates associated, in part, with the COVID-19 Pandemic, offset by an increase in cancellations and promotional discounts of $0.1 million.

Cemetery services revenues were $70.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $4.6 million and 7% from $65.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in cemetery services revenues resulted from an increase of $2.8 million in at-need revenues and an increase in pre-need turning at-need revenues of $1.9 million, both of which were positively impacted by the increased burial and death rates associated, in part, with the COVID-19 Pandemic, offset by an increase of $0.1 million associated with cancellations and promotional discounts.

Investment and other income was $46.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $10.4 million and 29% from $36.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was driven by increases in investment income associated with the merchandise trust and the perpetual care trust of $4.6 million and $3.2 million, respectively. Additionally, there was an increase of $2.2 million in RIA fees earned and a $0.4 million increase in other revenues.

Cost of goods sold was $51.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $11.6 million and 29% from $40.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily the result of increased revenue recognized, the rising costs of vaults and markers associated with supply chain constraints and a result of casket inventory impairment of $1.8 million. Cost of goods sold, as a percentage of cemetery interments, merchandise and services revenues, increased to 23.1% for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 20.7% for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Cemetery expenses, which include maintenance and landscaping costs as well as certain facility related expenses, were $76.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $7.8 million and 11% from $68.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was driven by an increase of $2.9 million in repairs and maintenance expenditures, representing strategic re-investment into the cemetery properties. The remaining increase of $4.9 million was primarily related to additional costs associated with the transition of cemetery maintenance back from Moon, including costs related to subcontracted landscapers and third-party interment companies, rental equipment and marker repairs, all driven by the under-performance of Moon.

31


 

Table of Contents

Selling expenses were $59.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $9.3 million and 19% from $49.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. An increase of $2.4 million was related to strategic targeted advertising spend utilized to drive revenue and sales production growth, and the remaining increase of $6.9 million was primarily related to increases in cemetery revenues. Selling expenses as a percentage of cemetery interments, merchandise and services revenues increased to 26.3% for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to 25.6% for the year ended December 31, 2020.

General and administrative expenses were $42.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $4.0 million and 11% from $38.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was primarily the result of a $1.8 million increase in insurance costs, a $1.2 million increase in payroll and related costs, primarily associated with enhanced bonus programs for general managers and regional administration, a $0.5 million increase in credit card processing fees associated with increased revenues and a $1.1 million increase in other miscellaneous expenses. Those increases were offset by a $0.6 million decrease in spend associated with one-time purchases of personal protective equipment in 2020.

Depreciation and amortization expenses were $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, a decrease of $0.5 million and 7% from $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The change was due to routine depreciation and amortization of the associated asset base.

Funeral Home Operations

Overview

As of December 31, 2021, we owned, operated or managed 69 funeral homes located in 15 states and Puerto Rico. Revenues from Funeral Home Operations accounted for approximately 14% and 15% of our consolidated revenues during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020

The following table presents operating results for our Funeral Home Operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Variance

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Merchandise

 

$

22,949

 

 

$

21,637

 

 

$

1,312

 

 

 

6

%

Services

 

 

20,943

 

 

 

20,016

 

 

 

927

 

 

 

5

%

Total revenues

 

 

43,892

 

 

 

41,653

 

 

 

2,239

 

 

 

5

%

Merchandise

 

 

6,285

 

 

 

5,872

 

 

 

413

 

 

 

7

%

Services

 

 

19,283

 

 

 

18,078

 

 

 

1,205

 

 

 

7

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,686

 

 

 

1,824

 

 

 

(138

)

 

 

(8

%)

Other

 

 

12,974

 

 

 

10,839

 

 

 

2,135

 

 

 

20

%

Total expenses

 

 

40,228

 

 

 

36,613

 

 

 

3,615

 

 

 

10

%

Segment operating profit

 

$

3,664

 

 

$

5,040

 

 

$

(1,376

)

 

 

(27

%)

Funeral home merchandise revenues were $22.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $1.3 million and 6% from $21.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase resulted from a $1.4 million increase in at-need revenues offset by a $0.1 million decrease in pre-need turned at-need revenue.

Funeral home services revenues were $20.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $0.9 million and 5% from $20.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase was associated primarily with a $0.5 million increase in income recognized on merchandise trust, a $0.1 million increase in at-need revenues, a $0.1 million increase in pre-need turned at-need revenues and a $0.2 million increase in other funeral home revenues.

Funeral home total expenses were $40.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $3.6 million and 10% from $36.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Funeral home service costs increased $1.2 million or 7%, driven largely by enhanced compensation plans for general managers and funeral sales teams, along with increased overtime costs and contract removal costs as death rates grew. Additionally, other funeral costs increased $2.1 million, which included a $0.4 million increase in insurance costs, a $0.3 million increase in repairs and maintenance associated with strategic investment into our funeral homes and a $1.4 million increase in other facility related expenditures, such as utilities, supplies and landscaping.

32


 

Table of Contents

Corporate

Operating Results

Year Ended December 31, 2021 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2020

Corporate Overhead

Corporate overhead expense was $39.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $4.0 million and 11% from $36.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The change was due to the following:

$0.9 million increase in payroll and payroll related costs, largely associated with enhanced compensation programs;
$0.7 million increase in corporate insurance costs related primarily to D&O coverage;
$0.6 million increase in costs associated with stock-based compensation programs;
$0.5 million increase in printing and stationery costs to support sales efforts;
$0.4 million increase in professional fees and legal fees, including those costs related to the work performed by the conflicts committee of the Board of Directors related to strategic plan review;
$0.4 million increase in franchise tax expenses;
$0.2 million increase in costs associated with acquisition analysis and due diligence; and
$0.3 million increase in miscellaneous other expenses.
 

Loss on Sale of Business and Other Impairments

For the year ended December 31, 2021, we recorded a loss of $2.3 million which consisted of a loss of $1.8 million in connection with the Missouri Sale in May 2021 and an impairment of $0.5 million related to property and equipment held for sale. For the year ended December 31, 2020, there were no such transactions.

Other (Losses) Gains, Net

Other losses, net were $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to other gains, net of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Other losses, net for the year ended December 31, 2021 primarily consisted of a $0.5 million impairment related to the termination of a management agreement and a $0.5 million impairment of vaults.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $39.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, a decrease of $6.6 million and 14% from $45.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The change was due to a decrease of $5.1 million related to a lower interest rate on the 2029 Notes and a decrease of $1.5 million due to lower amortization of deferred financing fees.

Loss on Debt Extinguishment

For the year ended December 31, 2021, we recorded a loss of $40.1 million related to the full redemption of the 2024 Notes, which was comprised of an early redemption fee of $18.5 million and the write-off of deferred financing fees and original issue discount of $21.6 million. For the year ended December 31, 2020, there was no loss on debt extinguishment.

Income Tax Benefit

Income tax benefit was $18.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily related to tax benefits realized due to the loss from operations and the 2021 debt refinancing transaction. The income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily related to changes in projected federal deferred tax savings related to filing a consolidated federal return.

33


 

Table of Contents

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

General

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash generated from operations, proceeds from asset sales and the remaining proceeds from the sale of the 2029 Notes. In addition, we anticipate entering into a $40 million senior secured revolving credit facility in the second quarter of 2022 to provide additional liquidity. Our primary cash requirements, in addition to normal operating expenses, are for capital expenditures, net contributions to the merchandise and perpetual care trust funds, debt service and acquisitions. Amounts contributed to the merchandise trust funds will be withdrawn at the time of the delivery of the product or service sold to which the contribution related, which will reduce the amount of additional borrowings or asset sales needed.

While we rely heavily on our available cash and cash flows from operating activities to execute our operational strategy and meet our financial commitments and other short-term financial needs, we cannot be certain that sufficient capital will be generated through operations or be available to us to the extent required and on acceptable terms. Based on our forecasted operating performance and the issuance of the 2029 Notes and the redemption of the 2024 Notes, we believe that we will be able to continue as a going concern for the next twelve-month period.

Cash Flows

The following table summarizes our consolidated statements of cash flows by class of activities (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

$

2,626

 

 

$

1,360

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

 

(5,016

)

 

 

50,983

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

42,597

 

 

 

(49,020

)

Significant sources and uses of cash during the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $1.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2020. The $1.3 million favorable change in operating cash flow was primarily due to an increase of $11.6 million resulting from a reduction in the net loss excluding non-cash items due to improved operating performance and expense management efforts, offset in part by the change in working capital items which in the aggregate reduced operating cash flows by $10.4 million.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $5.0 million compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $51.0 million the for the year ended December 31, 2020. The cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was attributable to capital expenditures of $12.0 million, offset in part by proceeds from divestitures of $7.0 million. Net cash provided by investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2020 consisted of proceeds from the divestitures of discontinued operations of $57.3 million, offset in part by capital expenditures of $6.4 million.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $42.6 million, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $49.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily due to proceeds from the issuance of the 2029 Notes offset partially by the full redemption of the 2024 Notes and the related early redemption fee and costs of financing. Net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 consisted of the redemption of $60.0 million of the 2024 Notes, using proceeds from the Oakmont Sale, the Olivet Sale and the Remaining California Sale, financing costs of $4.2 million related to the debt amendment in April 2020 and principal payments of $1.6 million on our finance leases. This was offset in part by $17.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of equity to Axar.

34


 

Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures

The following table summarizes maintenance and expansion capital expenditures for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Maintenance capital expenditures

 

$

6,961

 

 

$

2,268

 

Expansion capital expenditures

 

 

5,034

 

 

 

4,092

 

Total capital expenditures

 

$

11,995

 

 

$

6,360

 

Contractual Obligations

In the normal course of business, we enter into various contractual and contingent obligations that impact or could impact our liquidity. We have contractual obligations requiring future cash payments related to debt maturities, interest on debt, operating lease and finance lease agreements, lease and management agreements, liabilities to purchase merchandise related to our pre-need sales contracts and capital commitments to private credit funds.

In addition to these contractual obligations, we have potential funding obligations related to our merchandise and service trusts. In certain states, we have withdrawn allowable distributable earnings including unrealized gains prior to the maturity or cancellation of the related contract. In the event that our trust investments do not recover from market declines, we may be required to deposit portions or all of these amounts into the respective trusts in some future period. Additionally, some states have laws that either require replenishment of investment losses under certain circumstances or impose various restrictions when trust fund values drop below certain prescribed amounts. As of December 31, 2021, we had unrealized losses of $0.5 million in the various trusts within these states.

Long-Term Debt

On May 11, 2021, we issued $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2029 and used a substantial portion of the proceeds to fund the redemption of all of our outstanding 2024 Notes. Interest on the 2029 Notes accrues at a rate of 8.5% per year, payable in cash semiannually, in arrears, on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on November 15, 2021. As of December 31, 2021, future interest payments on the 2029 Notes total $250.8 million. For further details on our 2029 Notes, see Note 9 Long-Term Debt of Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report.

Leases

We leases variety of assets such as office space, funeral homes, warehouses and equipment through both operating and financing leases. As of December 31, 2021, the total amount of future lease payments under operating leases, which had a weighted average remaining lease term of 5.6 years, was $8.0 million, of which $1.7 million is short-term. As of December 31, 2021, the total amount of future lease payments under finance leases, which had a weighted average remaining lease term of 1.6 years, was $3.2 million, of which $2.1 million is short-term. For further details on our leases, see Note 15 Leases of Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report.

Agreements with the Archdiocese of Philadelphia

In accordance with the lease and management agreements with the Archdiocese of Philadelphia, we have agreed to pay to the Archdiocese aggregate fixed rent of $36.0 million in the following amounts:

 

Lease Years 6-20 (June 1, 2019-May 31, 2034)

 

$1,000,000 per Lease Year

Lease Years 21-25 (June 1, 2034-May 31, 2039)

 

$1,200,000 per Lease Year

Lease Years 26-35 (June 1, 2039-May 31, 2049)

 

$1,500,000 per Lease Year

Lease Years 36-60 (June 1, 2049-May 31, 2074)

 

None

The fixed rent for lease years 6 through 11, an aggregate of $6.0 million, is deferred. If prior to May 31, 2025, the Archdiocese terminates the agreements pursuant to its terms during lease year 11 or we terminate the agreements as a result of a default by the Archdiocese, we are entitled to retain the deferred fixed rent. If the agreements are not terminated, the deferred fixed rent will become due and payable on or before June 30, 2025.

35


 

Table of Contents

Deferred Revenues

Revenues from the sale of services and merchandise as well as any investment income from the merchandise trusts is deferred until such time that the services are performed or the merchandise is delivered. As a result of our pre-need sales, the backlog of unfulfilled pre-need performance obligations recorded in deferred revenues was $1,056.3 million at December 31, 2021. This balance represents the revenues to be recognized from the total performance obligations on our customer contracts.

Unfunded Commitments

At December 31, 2021, we had $179.7 million in unfunded capital commitments to private credit funds that are callable at any time during the lockup periods, which range from zero to fifteen years with four potential one year extensions at the discretion of the funds’ general partners and which will be funded using existing trust assets. For further details on our merchandise trusts and perpetual trusts, see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 6 Merchandise Trusts and Note 7 Perpetual Care Trusts of this Annual Report.

Surety Bonds

We have entered into arrangements with certain surety companies, whereby such companies agree to issue surety bonds on our behalf as financial assurance and/or as required by existing state and local regulations. The surety bonds are used for various business purposes; however, the majority of the surety bonds issued and outstanding have been used to support our pre-need sales activities.

When selling pre-need contracts, we may post surety bonds where allowed by state law. We post the surety bonds in lieu of trusting a certain amount of funds received from the customer. If we were not able to renew or replace any such surety bond, we would be required to fund the trust only for the portion of the applicable pre-need contracts for which we have received payments from the customers, less any applicable retainage, in accordance with state law. We have provided cash collateral to secure these surety bond obligations and may be required to provide additional cash collateral in the future under certain circumstances.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had $101.4 million and $97.5 million, respectively, of cash receipts from sales attributable to related bond contracts. These amounts do not consider reductions associated with taxes, obtaining costs or other costs.

Surety bond premiums are paid annually and the bonds are automatically renewable until maturity of the underlying pre-need contracts, unless we are given prior notice of cancellation. Except for cemetery pre-construction bonds (which are irrevocable), the surety companies generally have the right to cancel the surety bonds at any time with appropriate notice. In the event a surety company were to cancel the surety bond, we would be required to obtain replacement surety assurance from another surety company or fund a trust for an amount generally less than the posted bond amount. We do not expect that we will be required to fund material future amounts related to these surety bonds due to a lack of surety capacity or surety company non-performance.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements and related notes included within Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report in conformity with general accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities that arose during the reporting period and through the date our financial statements are filed with the SEC. Although we base our estimates on historical experience and various other assumptions we believe to be reasonable, actual results may differ from these estimates.

A critical accounting estimate or policy is one that requires a high level of subjective judgement by management and could have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows if actual results vary significantly from our estimates.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in an amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled for the transfer of goods and services to our customers. We account for individual products and services separately as distinct performance obligations. Our performance obligations include the delivery of funeral and cemetery merchandise and services and cemetery property interment rights. Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer and is net of any sales incentives

36


 

Table of Contents

and amounts collected on behalf of third parties. The consideration (including any discounts) is allocated among separate products and services in a package based on their relative stand-alone selling prices. The stand-alone selling price is determined by management based upon local market conditions and reasonable ranges for both merchandise and services, which is the best estimate of the stand-alone price. For items that are not sold separately (e.g., second interment rights), we estimate stand-alone selling prices using the best estimate of market value, using inputs such as average selling price and list price broken down by each geographic location. Additionally, we consider typical sales promotions that could impact the stand-alone selling price estimates.

Pursuant to state law, all or a portion of the proceeds from funeral and cemetery merchandise or services sold on a pre-need basis may be required to be paid into trust funds. We defer investment earnings related to these merchandise and service trusts until the associated merchandise is delivered or services are performed. A portion of the proceeds from the sale of cemetery property interment rights is required by state law to be paid by us into perpetual care trust funds to maintain the cemetery. The portion of these proceeds are not recognized as revenue. Investment earnings from these trusts are distributed to us regularly and recognized in current cemetery revenue.

Inaccuracies in our records of the timing of physical delivery of our merchandise and services can have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Deferred Revenues

Revenues from the sale of services and merchandise, as well as any investment income from the merchandise trusts, are deferred until such time as the services are performed or the merchandise is delivered. In addition to amounts deferred on new contracts, investment income and unrealized gains and losses on our merchandise trusts are recognized as deferred revenues. Deferred revenues also include deferred revenues from pre-need sales that we acquired through our various acquisitions, and we provide a profit margin for these deferred revenues to account for the projected future costs of delivering products and providing services on these acquired pre-need contracts.

Inaccuracies in our records of the timing of physical delivery of our merchandise and services can have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

For further details on our deferred revenues, see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 1 General and Note 13 Deferred Revenues and Costs.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable is presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts is determined by applying a cancellation rate to amounts included in accounts receivable. The cancellation rate is based upon a five year average rate by each specific location.

Inaccuracies in the judgements made in determining the cancelation rate can have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

For further details on our allowance for doubtful accounts, see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 1 General and Note 3 Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowance.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Trust Assets

Assets held in our merchandise trusts are carried at fair value. Any change in unrealized gains and losses is reflected in the carrying value of the assets and is recognized as deferred revenue. Any and all investment income streams, including interest, dividends or gains and losses from the sale of trust assets, are offset against deferred revenue until such time that we deliver the underlying merchandise. Investment income generated from our merchandise trust is included in "Cemetery investment and other revenues".

Pursuant to state law, a portion of the proceeds from the sale of cemetery property is required to be paid into perpetual care trusts. All principal must remain in this trust in perpetuity while interest and dividends may be released and used to defray cemetery maintenance costs, which are expensed as incurred. Assets in our perpetual care trusts are carried at fair value. Any change in unrealized gains and losses is reflected in the carrying value of the assets and is offset against perpetual care trust corpus.

37


 

Table of Contents

We evaluate whether or not the assets in our merchandise and perpetual care trusts have an other-than-temporary impairment on a security-by-security basis. We determine whether or not the impairment of a fixed maturity debt security is other-than-temporary by evaluating each of the following:

Whether it is our intent to sell the security. If there is intent to sell, the impairment is considered to be other-than-temporary.
If there is no intent to sell, we evaluate whether it is not more likely than not we will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. If we determine that it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell an impaired investment before its anticipated recovery, the impairment is considered to be other-than-temporary.

We further evaluate whether or not all assets in the trusts have other-than-temporary impairments based upon a number of criteria including the severity of the impairment, length of time a security has been in a loss position, changes in market conditions and concerns related to the specific issuer.

If an impairment is considered to be other-than-temporary, the cost basis of the security is adjusted downward to its fair value. For assets held in the perpetual care trusts, any reduction in the cost basis due to an other-than-temporary impairment is offset with an equal and opposite reduction in the perpetual care trust corpus and has no impact on earnings. For assets held in the merchandise trusts, any reduction in the cost basis due to an other-than-temporary impairment is recorded in deferred revenue.

Inaccuracies in the judgements made in assessing our intent to sell and severity of impairment and in analyzing the changes in market conditions and concerns related to an asset’s issuer can have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

For further details on our other-than-temporary impairment of our trust assets, see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 1 General, Note 6 Merchandise Trusts and Note 7 Perpetual Care Trusts.

Trust Investments – Direct Loans

The trusts, may, from time to time, extend credit to third party companies as part of its overall investment strategy. The amounts outstanding on loans are referred to as direct loans and are included in trust investments on the consolidated balance sheets. It is the trusts’ expectation that the loans originated will be held for the foreseeable future or until maturity. In certain situations, for example to manage concentrations and/or credit risk, some or all of certain exposures may be sold. Loans for which the trusts have the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity are classified as held for investment (“HFI”). If a trust no longer has the intent or ability to hold a loan for the foreseeable future, then the loan is transferred to held for sale (“HFS”). Loans entered into with the intent to resell are classified as HFS.

The trusts account for direct loans at amortized cost, net of unamortized origination fees, if any. The trusts evaluate the collectability of both interest and principal for each loan to determine whether it is impaired. A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, a trust determines it is probable that it will be unable to collect amounts due according to the existing contractual terms. When a loan is considered to be impaired, the amount of loss is calculated by comparing the carrying value of the financial asset to the value determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at the loan’s effective interest rate or to the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, less costs to sell, if the loan is collateralized and the applicable trust expects repayment to be provided solely by the collateral. Impairment assessments require significant judgments and are based on significant assumptions related to the borrower’s credit risk, financial performance, expected sales, and estimated fair value of the collateral.

For further details on our trust investments in direct loans, see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 1 General, Note 6 Merchandise Trusts and Note 7 Perpetual Care Trusts.

Valuation of long-lived assets

We assess our long-lived assets, such as definite-lived intangible assets and property and equipment, for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. We do not have indefinite-lived assets. If the carrying value of an asset exceeds its fair value, we record an impairment charge that reduces our earnings.

We apply various valuation techniques, such as the income approach or sales comparison approach, to determine the fair values of our long-lived assets. In evaluating our long-lived assets for recoverability, we consider current market conditions and our intent with respect to holding or disposing of the assets. The factors used in our evaluations for recoverability and the inputs we

38


 

Table of Contents

use in applying the valuation technique we select are highly subjective and very sensitive to changes in the underlying assumptions. Changes in economic and operating conditions or our intent with regard to our long-lived assets that occurs subsequent to our impairment analyses could impact these assumptions and result in future impairments of our long-lived assets.

Inaccuracies made in the judgements discussed above in determining the fair value of long-lived assets can have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

For further details on our intangible assets see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 1 General.

Income Taxes

We are subject to both federal and state income taxes. We record deferred tax assets and liabilities to recognize temporary differences between the bases of assets and liabilities in our tax and GAAP balance sheets and for federal and state NOL carryforwards and alternative minimum tax credits. We record a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, if we deem that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the recorded deferred tax assets will not be realizable in future periods.

In evaluating our ability to recover our deferred tax assets, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including our past operating results, recent cumulative losses and our forecast of future taxable income. In determining future taxable income, we make assumptions regarding the amount of taxable income, the reversal of temporary differences and the implementation of feasible and prudent tax planning strategies. These assumptions require us to make significant judgments about our forecasts of our future taxable income and are consistent with the plans and estimates we use to manage our business. Any reduction in estimated future taxable income may require us to record an additional valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. An increase in the valuation allowance would result in additional income tax expense in the period and could have a significant impact on our future earnings.

As of December 31, 2021, we had federal and state NOL carryforwards of approximately $477.0 million and $618.0 million, respectively, a portion of which expires annually. We believe the Recapitalization Transactions caused a “change of control” for income tax purposes under the applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which may significantly limit our ability to use such federal NOL carryforwards to offset future taxable income. The “change of control” rules limit the annual net operating loss deduction in a given year to an amount based on the value of the Company on the change date multiplied by the federal tax exempt bond rate. This makes it more likely for the Company to pay some amount of income tax in the years it has positive taxable income. This limitation also makes it more likely for NOL carryovers to expire unutilized.

For further details on our income taxes, see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 1 General and Note 12 Income Taxes.

Contingencies

We are party to various legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our business, as well as class and collective actions under the Exchange Act and for related state law claims that certain of our officers and directors breached their fiduciary duty to the Partnership and its unitholders. We accrue for contingencies when the occurrence of a material loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated, based on our best estimate of the expected liability. The accuracy of the estimates used to determine probability and amount of a potential future liability is impacted by, among other things, the complexity of the issues and the amount of due diligence we have been able to perform.

Differences between the actual settlement costs, final judgments or fines and our estimates could have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

For further details on our contingencies, see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data–Note 14 Commitments and Contingencies.

Insurance loss reserves

We purchase comprehensive general liability, professional liability, automobile liability and workers’ compensation insurance coverages structured with high deductibles. This high-deductible insurance program means we are primarily self-insured for claims and associated costs and losses covered by these policies. Historical insurance industry experience indicates a high degree of inherent variability in assessing the ultimate amount of losses associated with casualty insurance claims. This is especially true with respect to liability and workers’ compensation exposures due to the extended period of time that transpires between when

39


 

Table of Contents

the claim might occur and the full settlement of such claim, which is often many years. We continually evaluate loss estimates associated with claims and losses related to these insurance coverages falling within the deductible of each coverage.

We analyze and adjust our insurance loss reserve, using assumptions based on factors such as claim settlement patterns, claim development trends, claim frequency and severity patterns, inflationary trends and data reasonableness that impact our analysis and determination of the “best estimate” of the projected ultimate claim losses.

Differences between actual insurance loss settlements and our insurance loss reserves could have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements and Accounting Changes

For discussion of recent accounting pronouncements and accounting changes, see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data–Note 1 General.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The primary objective of the following information is to provide forward-looking quantitative and qualitative information about our potential exposure to market risks. The term "market" risk refers to the risk of gains or losses arising from changes in interest rates and prices of marketable securities. The disclosures are not meant to be precise indicators of expected future gains or losses, but rather indicators of reasonably possible gains or losses. This forward-looking information provides indicators of how we view and manage our ongoing market risk exposures. All of our market risk-sensitive instruments were entered into for purposes other than trading.

The trusts are invested in assets with the primary objective of maximizing income and distributable cash flow for trust distributions, while maintaining an acceptable level of risk. Certain asset classes in which we invest for the purpose of maximizing yield are subject to an increased market risk. This increased market risk will create volatility in the unrealized gains and losses of the trust assets from period to period.

For additional information on the investments in our merchandise trusts and perpetual trusts, see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data – Note 6 Merchandise Trusts and Note 7 Perpetual Care Trusts of this Annual Report.

INTEREST-BEARING INVESTMENTS

The interest-bearing investments in our merchandise trusts and perpetual care trusts that are subject to interest rate sensitivity consist of fixed-income securities, money market investments and other short-term investments. As of December 31, 2021, the accumulated fair value of the interest-bearing investments in our merchandise trusts and perpetual care trusts was $51.2 million and $25.7 million, respectively, or 9.0% and 7.6% of the fair value of our total trust assets, respectively.

MARKETABLE EQUITY SECURITIES

The marketable equity securities in our merchandise trusts and perpetual care trusts that are subject to market price sensitivity consist of individual equity securities as well as closed and open-ended mutual funds. As of December 31, 2021, the accumulated fair value of the marketable equity securities in our merchandise trusts and perpetual care trusts was $16.0 million and $8.4 million, respectively, or 2.8% and 2.5% of the fair value of our total trust assets, respectively.

OTHER INVESTMENT FUNDS

Other investment funds are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient. This asset class is composed of fixed income funds and equity funds, which have a redemption period ranging from one to 30 days, and private credit funds, which have lockup periods ranging from zero to fifteen years with four potential one year extensions at the discretion of the funds’ general partners. This asset class has an inherent valuation risk as the values provided by investment fund managers may not represent the liquidation values obtained by the trusts upon redemption or liquidation of the fund assets. As of December 31, 2021, the fair value of other investment funds in our merchandise trusts and perpetual care trusts represented 84.4% and 87.8%, respectively, of the fair value of total trust assets. The fair market value of the holdings in these funds was $479.1 million and $297.6 million in our merchandise trusts and perpetual care trusts, respectively, as of December 31, 2021, based on net asset value quotes.

40


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

STONEMOR INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID Number 248)

 

42

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

44

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

45

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Owners’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

46

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

47

 

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

48

 

41


 

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders

StoneMor Inc.

Opinion on the financial statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of StoneMor Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2021, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical audit matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Impairment Evaluation of Loan Held for Investment

As described in Note 6, Note 7, and Note 17 to the financial statements, the Company, through its merchandise and perpetual care trust funds, enters into financing arrangements in the form of direct loans, which are measured at amortized cost and classified as loans held for investment. These loans are included in the Other investment funds category of the Company’s merchandise and perpetual care trusts footnote disclosures. Included in the Company’s investments is a $30 million participation in a debt facility issued by an affiliate of the Company who recently emerged from bankruptcy. The loan matures in 2024 and its interest is fully paid-in-kind. The Company evaluates its direct loans for impairment and considers a loan to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it determines it is probable that it will be unable to collect amounts due according to the existing contractual terms. Considering the contractual repayment terms of the loan, the Company engaged outside specialists to independently estimate the value of the loan and its collateral and concluded that the loan was not impaired. We identified the Company’s evaluation of the loan for potential impairment as a critical audit matter.

42


 

Table of Contents

The principal consideration for our determination that the evaluation of the loan for potential impairment is a critical audit matter is that the estimation of the investment’s fair value by management requires significant judgments and is based on significant assumptions relating to the discount rate applied in the fair value model, market multiples selected, and prospective financial information used in estimating the fair value of the loan’s collateral.

Our audit procedures related to the Company’s evaluation of the loan for potential impairment included the following, among others:
 

We conducted walkthroughs of the design and implementation of controls relating to the Company’s monitoring activities, evaluation for potential impairment, and disclosure of related party transactions.
We tested management’s process to evaluate potential impairment indicators with respect to the loan, including the determination to engage an outside specialist.
With the assistance of valuation specialists, we tested the Company’s estimate of the fair value of the loan and its underlying collateral, including evaluating the reasonableness of significant assumptions such as the discount rate, market multiples, and prospective financial information impacting the valuation of the loan’s collateral. We also evaluated the qualifications of management’s specialist and the appropriateness of methodology utilized.
We agreed inputs to the financial information and capitalization tables used in the valuation to supporting documentation.

 

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

March 31, 2022

43


 

Table of Contents

STONEMOR INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, excluding restricted cash

 

$

83,882

 

 

$

39,244

 

Restricted cash

 

 

16,415

 

 

 

20,846

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance

 

 

62,220

 

 

 

57,869

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

6,971

 

 

 

5,290

 

Assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

28,575

 

Other current assets

 

 

11,459

 

 

 

16,884

 

Total current assets

 

 

180,947

 

 

 

168,708

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term accounts receivable, net of allowance

 

 

72,309

 

 

 

75,301

 

Cemetery property

 

 

296,758

 

 

 

299,526

 

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

 

 

82,610

 

 

 

83,496

 

Merchandise trusts, restricted, at fair value

 

 

567,853

 

 

 

501,453

 

Perpetual care trusts, restricted, at fair value

 

 

339,138

 

 

 

312,228

 

Deferred selling and obtaining costs

 

 

124,023

 

 

 

116,900

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

21

 

 

 

9

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

54,023

 

 

 

55,094

 

Other assets

 

 

23,462

 

 

 

22,248

 

Total assets

 

$

1,741,144

 

 

$

1,634,963

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

 

$

44,704

 

 

$

51,718

 

Liabilities held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

23,406

 

Accrued interest

 

 

4,344

 

 

 

95

 

Current portion, long-term debt

 

 

762

 

 

 

317

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

49,810

 

 

 

75,536

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, net of deferred financing costs

 

 

389,401

 

 

 

320,715

 

Deferred revenues

 

 

1,056,260

 

 

 

949,164

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

10,878

 

 

 

29,652

 

Perpetual care trust corpus

 

 

339,138

 

 

 

312,228

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

41,399

 

 

 

40,081

 

Total liabilities

 

 

1,886,886

 

 

 

1,727,376

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 200,000,000 shares authorized, 118,290,600 and 117,871,141 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

 

 

1,182

 

 

 

1,178

 

Paid-in capital in excess of par value

 

 

(83,286

)

 

 

(85,232

)

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(63,638

)

 

 

(8,359

)

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

(145,742

)

 

 

(92,413

)

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

1,741,144

 

 

$

1,634,963

 

See Accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

44


 

Table of Contents

STONEMOR INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cemetery:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interments

 

$

85,734

 

 

$

67,853

 

Merchandise

 

 

68,095

 

 

 

60,600

 

Services

 

 

70,314

 

 

 

65,701

 

Investment and other

 

 

54,807

 

 

 

43,732

 

Funeral home:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merchandise

 

 

22,949

 

 

 

21,637

 

Services

 

 

20,943

 

 

 

20,016

 

Total revenues

 

 

322,842

 

 

 

279,539

 

Costs and Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

51,746

 

 

 

40,119

 

Cemetery expense

 

 

76,464

 

 

 

68,654

 

Selling expense

 

 

58,962

 

 

 

49,668

 

General and administrative expense

 

 

42,018

 

 

 

37,970

 

Corporate overhead

 

 

39,930

 

 

 

35,975

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

8,082

 

 

 

9,152

 

Funeral home expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merchandise

 

 

6,285

 

 

 

5,872

 

Services

 

 

19,283

 

 

 

18,078

 

Other

 

 

12,974

 

 

 

10,839

 

Total costs and expenses

 

 

315,744

 

 

 

276,327

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss on sale of business and other impairments

 

 

(2,307

)

 

 

 

Other (losses) gains, net

 

 

(1,016

)

 

 

129

 

Operating income

 

 

3,775

 

 

 

3,341

 

Interest expense

 

 

(38,974

)

 

 

(45,537

)

Loss on debt extinguishment

 

 

(40,128

)

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

(75,327

)

 

 

(42,196

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

18,370

 

 

 

4,855

 

Net loss from continuing operations

 

 

(56,957

)

 

 

(37,341

)

Discontinued operations (Note 2):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from operations of discontinued businesses

 

 

1,678

 

 

 

28,982

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income from discontinued operations

 

 

1,678

 

 

 

28,982

 

Net loss

 

$

(55,279

)

 

$

(8,359

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations per common share (basic)

 

$

(0.48

)

 

$

(0.35

)

Net income from discontinued operations per common share (basic)

 

 

0.01

 

 

 

0.27

 

Net loss per common share (basic)

 

$

(0.47

)

 

$

(0.08

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations per common share (diluted)

 

$

(0.48

)

 

$

(0.35

)

Net income from discontinued operations per common share (diluted)

 

 

0.01

 

 

 

0.27

 

Net loss per common share (diluted)

 

$

(0.47

)

 

$

(0.08

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - basic

 

 

117,998

 

 

 

106,991

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - diluted

 

 

117,998

 

 

 

106,991

 

 

See Accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

45


 

Table of Contents

STONEMOR INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Series A Preferred Shares

 

 

Par Value of Series A Preferred Shares

 

 

Number of Common Shares

 

 

Par Value of Common Shares

 

 

Paid-in Capital in Excess of Par Value

 

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

 

Total

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

94,447,356

 

 

$

944

 

 

$

(103,434

)

 

$

 

 

$

(102,490

)

Issuance of Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

176

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,800

 

Exchange of Series A Preferred Stock for Common Stock

 

 

(176

)

 

 

 

 

 

12,054,795

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

(121

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,232,877

 

 

 

112

 

 

 

8,088

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,200

 

Common stock awards under incentive plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

136,113

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1,435

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,436

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,359

)

 

 

(8,359

)

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

117,871,141

 

 

 

1,178

 

 

 

(85,232

)

 

 

(8,359

)

 

 

(92,413

)

Common stock awards under incentive plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

454,159

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

2,032

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,036

 

Common stock repurchased related to incentive plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34,700

)

 

 

 

 

 

(86

)

 

 

 

 

 

(86

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(55,279

)

 

 

(55,279

)

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

118,290,600

 

 

$

1,182

 

 

$

(83,286

)

 

$

(63,638

)

 

$

(145,742

)

 

See Accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

46


 

Table of Contents

STONEMOR INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(55,279

)

 

$

(8,359

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of lots sold

 

 

6,351

 

 

 

5,796

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

8,122

 

 

 

9,395

 

Provision for bad debt

 

 

6,354

 

 

 

6,275

 

Non-cash compensation expense

 

 

2,036

 

 

 

1,481

 

Loss on debt extinguishment

 

 

40,128

 

 

 

 

Non-cash interest expense

 

 

4,341

 

 

 

17,884

 

Loss (gain) on sale of businesses

 

 

1,486

 

 

 

(29,429

)

Other losses (gains), net

 

 

1,016

 

 

 

(129

)

Changes in assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment of paid-in-kind interest

 

 

(18,440

)

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance

 

 

(17,529

)

 

 

(20,453

)

Merchandise trust fund

 

 

(36,992

)

 

 

(25,988

)

Other assets

 

 

1,070

 

 

 

1,675

 

Deferred selling and obtaining costs

 

 

(8,005

)

 

 

(6,376

)

Deferred revenues

 

 

87,770

 

 

 

61,611

 

Deferred taxes, net

 

 

(18,786

)

 

 

(4,888

)

Payables and other liabilities

 

 

(1,017

)

 

 

(7,135

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

 

2,626

 

 

 

1,360

 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for capital expenditures

 

 

(11,995

)

 

 

(6,360

)

Proceeds from divestitures

 

 

6,979

 

 

 

57,343

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

 

(5,016

)

 

 

50,983

 

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of Series A Preferred Stock - related party

 

 

 

 

 

8,800

 

Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock - related party

 

 

 

 

 

8,200

 

Proceeds from borrowings

 

 

406,235

 

 

 

3,672

 

Repayments of debt

 

 

(332,203

)

 

 

(63,915

)

Principal payment on finance leases

 

 

(1,401

)

 

 

(1,561

)

Early redemption premium

 

 

(18,478

)

 

 

 

Cost of financing activities

 

 

(11,470

)

 

 

(4,170

)

Shares repurchased related to share-based compensation

 

 

(86

)

 

 

(46

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

42,597

 

 

 

(49,020

)

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

40,207

 

 

 

3,323

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—Beginning of period

 

 

60,090

 

 

 

56,767

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash—End of period

 

$

100,297

 

 

$

60,090

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the period for interest

 

$

48,739

 

 

$

29,212

 

Cash paid during the period for income taxes

 

 

2,908

 

 

 

1,154

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating cash flows from operating leases

 

$

1,917

 

 

$

3,187

 

Operating cash flows from finance leases

 

 

337

 

 

 

421

 

Financing cash flows from finance leases

 

 

1,401

 

 

 

1,561

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

 

$

3,425

 

 

$

467

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities

 

 

334

 

 

 

62

 

Accrued paid-in-kind interest on 2024 Notes

 

 

 

 

 

10,572

 

See Accompanying Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

47


 

Table of Contents

STONEMOR INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.
GENERAL

As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Annual Report”), unless the context otherwise requires, references to the terms the “Company,” “StoneMor,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to StoneMor Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Nature of Operations

StoneMor Inc. is a leading provider of funeral and cemetery products and services in the death care industry in the U.S. As of December 31, 2021, the Company operated 300 cemeteries in 24 states and Puerto Rico, of which 271 were owned and 29 were operated under lease, management or operating agreements. The Company also owned and operated 69 funeral homes, including 33 located on the grounds of cemetery properties that the Company owns, in 15 states and Puerto Rico.

The Company’s cemeteries provide cemetery property interment rights, such as burial lots, lawn and mausoleum crypts, and cremation niches. Cemetery merchandise is comprised of burial vaults, caskets, grave markers and memorials and cemetery services, which include the installation of this merchandise and other service items. The Company sells these products and services both at the time of death, which is referred to as at-need, and prior to the time of death, which is referred to as pre-need.

The Company’s funeral home services include family consultation, the removal and preparation of remains, insurance products and the use of funeral home facilities for visitation and memorial services.

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report have been prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of each of the Company’s 100% owned subsidiaries. These statements also include the accounts of the merchandise and perpetual care trusts in which the Company has a variable interest and is the primary beneficiary. The Company operates 29 cemeteries under long-term leases, operating agreements and management agreements. The operations of 16 of these managed cemeteries have been consolidated.

The Company operates 13 cemeteries under long-term leases and other agreements that do not qualify as acquisitions for accounting purposes. As a result, the Company did not consolidate all of the existing assets and liabilities related to these cemeteries. The Company has consolidated the existing assets and liabilities of the merchandise and perpetual care trusts associated with these cemeteries as variable interest entities, since the Company controls and receives the benefits and absorbs any losses from operating these trusts. Under the long-term leases and other agreements associated with these properties, which are subject to certain termination provisions, the Company is the exclusive operator of these cemeteries and earns revenues related to sales of merchandise, services and interment rights and incurs expenses related to such sales, including the maintenance and upkeep of these cemeteries. Upon termination of these agreements, the Company will retain all of the benefits and related contractual obligations incurred from sales generated during the agreement period. The Company has also recognized the existing customer contract-related performance obligations that it assumed as part of these agreements.

Axar Letter

On September 27, 2021, the Company announced that it had received a letter (the “Letter”) dated September 22, 2021 from Axar Capital Management, LP (“Axar”) in which Axar expressed an interest in pursuing discussions concerning strategic alternatives that may be beneficial to the Company and its various stakeholders. Axar has engaged Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP as its legal advisor and stated in the Letter that it would engage a financial advisor at the appropriate time. According to the Letter, Axar expected that any such discussions would be conducted with a special committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”), assisted by financial and legal advisors engaged by such committee. The Letter also stated that any transaction involving Axar arising from such discussions would be conditioned upon, among other things, approval of the special committee and the Board, the negotiation and execution of mutually satisfactory definitive agreements and customary terms. The Letter also stated that any transaction structured as a take-private transaction would be subject to a closing condition that the approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares not owned by Axar or its affiliates be obtained. On September 26, 2021, the Board authorized its Conflicts Committee, which is comprised of independent directors Stephen J. Negrotti, Kevin Patrick and Patricia

48


 

Table of Contents

Wellenbach, to engage in the discussions contemplated by the Letter, including the authority to engage in discussions concerning and to negotiate the terms and provisions of any strategic alternative the Conflicts Committee determines to be appropriate in connection with such discussions. Under its charter, the Conflicts Committee has the authority to reject, approve or recommend that the Board approve any transaction that is a related party transaction, which would include any transaction to which Axar is a party. The Conflicts Committee has retained independent legal and financial advisors to assist in such discussions. Following receipt of the Letter and until recently, the Conflicts Committee and its counsel had engaged in discussions with Axar and Axar’s counsel, which evolved to focus on a potential offer by Axar to acquire the shares of the Company that are not owned by Axar or its affiliates. While these negotiations had been productive, the Conflicts Committee and Axar had not come to agreement on any price that Axar would pay for such shares or on certain other terms of any transaction, and there can be no assurance that any agreement would be reached in the future. Negotiations between the Conflicts Committee and Axar were recently tabled in light of the work undertaken by the Conflicts Committee with respect to the independent review of certain investments by our trusts in which Axar had an interest. See Part III, Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The Conflicts Committee may at any time determine to resume such negotiations, but there can be no assurance that even if such negotiations are resumed, any agreement with respect to a take-private transaction will be executed or that this or any other transaction will be approved or consummated. The Company does not undertake any obligation to provide any updates with respect to these matters except as required under applicable law.

Refinancing

On May 11, 2021, the Company issued $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”). The gross proceeds from the sale of the 2029 Notes was $389.9 million, less advisor fees, legal fees, mortgage costs and other closing expenses. The 2029 Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture (the “2029 Indenture”), dated as of May 11, 2021, by and among the Company, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent. Substantially concurrently with the closing of the offering of the 2029 Notes, StoneMor Partners, L.P. (the “Partnership”) and Cornerstone Family Services of West Virginia Subsidiary, Inc. (collectively, the “2024 Issuers”) deposited from the net cash proceeds from the offering of the 2029 Notes an amount sufficient to fund the full redemption of the outstanding 9.875%/11.500% Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes due 2024 (the “2024 Notes”) with Wilmington Trust, National Association (the “2024 Trustee”) as trustee under the Indenture, dated as of June 27, 2019 (as amended, the “2024 Indenture”), among the 2024 Issuers, the guarantors party thereto and the 2024 Trustee governing the 2024 Notes. Upon deposit of such funds with the 2024 Trustee, the 2024 Indenture was satisfied and discharged in accordance with its terms. As a result of the satisfaction and discharge of the 2024 Indenture, the 2024 Issuers and the guarantors of the 2024 Notes, including the Company, have been released from their obligations with respect to the 2024 Indenture and the 2024 Notes, except with respect to those provisions of the 2024 Indenture that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of the 2024 Indenture. Refer to Note 9 Long-Term Debt for more detailed information.

COVID-19 Pandemic

In December 2019, an outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus (“COVID-19”) spread worldwide posing public health risks that reached pandemic proportions (including the effect of variants that have developed, the “COVID-19 Pandemic”). The COVID-19 Pandemic poses a significant threat to the health and economic wellbeing of the Company’s employees, customers and vendors. The Company’s operations are deemed essential by the state and local governments in which it operates, with the exception of Puerto Rico, and the Company has been working with federal, state and local government officials to ensure that it continues to satisfy their requirements for offering the Company’s essential services.

Like most businesses world-wide, the COVID-19 Pandemic has impacted the Company financially. At the start of the COVID-19 Pandemic in early 2020, the Company saw its pre-need sales and at-need sales activity decline as Americans practiced social distancing and crowd size restrictions were put in place. However, since May 2020, the Company experienced at-need sales growth, and since late 2020, it has experienced pre-need sales growth. The Company believes the implementation of its virtual meeting tools early on in the COVID-19 Pandemic was one of several key steps that had mitigated this disruption. Throughout the COVID-19 Pandemic, the Company’s cemeteries and funeral homes have largely remained open and available to serve its families in all the locations in which it operates to the extent permitted by local authorities and the Company expects that this will continue. The Company has leveraged the relationships it has made with the families it has served during its response to the COVID-19 Pandemic, which has directly resulted in new sales leads and the increase in pre-need sales activity. In addition, as community restrictions have eased and the COVID-19 vaccine became more widely available, the Company has experienced growth in its pre-need cemetery sales.

49


 

Table of Contents

The Company expects the COVID-19 Pandemic could have an adverse effect on its future results of operations and cash flows depending on COVID-19 variants and case counts. However, the Company cannot presently predict the likely scope and severity of that impact. In the event there are confirmed diagnoses of COVID-19 within a significant number of its facilities, the Company may incur additional costs related to the closing and subsequent cleaning of these facilities and the ability to adequately staff the impacted sites. In addition, the Company’s pre-need customers with installment contracts could default on their installment contracts due to lost work or other financial stresses arising from the COVID-19 Pandemic. Alternatively, in the event that COVID-19 case counts continue to normalize and variants become less severe, we would expect to see a reduction in the demand for at-need products and services as well as a reduction in pre-need turning to at-need.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions as described in this Annual Report. These estimates and assumptions may affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. As a result, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less from the time they are acquired to be cash equivalents. Cash and Cash Equivalents was $83.9 million and $39.2 million as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

Restricted Cash

Cash that is restricted from withdrawal or use under the terms of certain contractual agreements is recorded as restricted cash. Restricted Cash was $16.4 million and $20.8 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, which primarily related to cash collateralization of the Company’s letters of credit and surety bonds.

Revenues

The Company’s revenues are derived from contracts with customers through sale and delivery of death care products and services. Primary sources of revenue are derived from (1) cemetery and funeral home operations generated both at-need and pre-need, which are classified on the consolidated statements of operations as Interments, Merchandise and Services, (2) investment income, which includes income earned on assets maintained in perpetual care and merchandise trusts related to pre-need sales of cemetery and funeral home merchandise and services that are required to be maintained in the trust by state law and (3) interest earned on pre-need installment contracts. Investment income is presented within Investment and other for Cemetery revenue and Services for Funeral home revenue. Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer and is net of any sales incentives and amounts collected on behalf of third parties. Pre-need contracts are price guaranteed, providing for future merchandise and services at prices prevailing when the agreements are signed.

Investment income is earned on certain payments received from customers on pre-need contracts, which are required by law to be deposited into the merchandise and service trusts. Amounts are withdrawn from the merchandise trusts when the Company fulfills the performance obligations. Earnings on these trust funds, which are specifically identifiable for each performance obligation, are also included in total transaction price. Pre-need contracts are generally subject to financing arrangements on an installment basis, with a contractual term not to exceed 60 months. Interest income is recognized utilizing the effective interest method. For those contracts that do not bear a market rate of interest, the Company imputes such interest based upon the prime rate at the time of origination plus 375 basis points in order to segregate the principal and interest component of the total contract value. The Company has elected to not adjust the transaction price for the effects of a significant financing component for contracts that have payment terms under one year.

At the time of a non-cancellable pre-need sale, the Company records an account receivable in an amount equal to the total contract value less unearned finance income and any cash deposit paid. The revenue from both the sales and interest income from trusted funds are deferred until the merchandise is delivered or the services are performed. For a sale in a cancellable state, an account receivable is only recorded to the extent control has transferred to the customer for interment rights, merchandise or services for which the Company has not collected cash. The amounts collected from customers in states in which pre-need contracts are

50


 

Table of Contents

cancellable may be subject to refund provisions. The Company estimates the fair value of its refund obligation under such contracts on a quarterly basis and records such obligations within other long-term liabilities line item on its consolidated balance sheets.

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”), the Company recognizes revenue in the amount to which the Company expect to be entitled to when it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control over a product or service to a customer. The Company only recognizes amounts due from a customer for unfulfilled performance obligations on a cancellable pre-need contract to the extent that control has transferred to the customer for interments, merchandise or services for which the Company has not collected cash. The Company defers the recognition of any nonrefundable up-front fees and incremental direct selling costs associated with its sales contracts with a customer (i.e., commissions and bonuses) until the underlying goods or services have been delivered to the customer if the amortization period associated with the deferred nonrefundable up-front fees and incremental direct selling is greater than a year; otherwise, these nonrefundable up-front fees and incremental direct selling costs are expensed immediately. Incremental direct selling costs are recognized by specific identification. The Company calculates the deferred selling costs asset by dividing total deferred selling and obtaining expenses by total deferrable revenues and multiplying such percentage by the periodic change in gross deferred revenues. Such costs are recognized when the associated performance obligation is fulfilled based upon the net change in deferred revenues. All other selling costs are expensed as incurred.

In addition, the Company maintains a reserve representing the fair value of the refund obligation that may arise due to state law provisions that include a guarantee of customer funds collected on unfulfilled performance obligations and maintained in trust to the extent that the funds are refundable upon a customer’s exercise of any cancellation rights.

Sales taxes assessed by governmental authorities are excluded from revenue. Any shipping and handling costs that are incurred after control over a product has transferred to a customer are accounted for as a fulfillment cost and are included in cost of goods sold.

Nature of Goods and Services

The following is a description of the principal activities within the Company’s two reportable segments from which the Company generates its revenue.

Cemetery Operations

The Company generates revenues in its Cemetery Operations segment principally from (1) providing rights to inter remains in a specific cemetery property inventory space such as burial lots and constructed mausoleum crypts (“Interments”), (2) sales of cemetery merchandise which includes markers (i.e., method of identifying a deceased person in a burial space, crypt or niche), base (i.e., the substrate upon which a marker is placed), vault (i.e., a container installed in the burial lot in which the casket is placed), caskets, cremation niches and other cemetery related items and (3) service revenues, including opening and closing, a service of digging and refilling burial spaces to install the burial vault and place the casket into the vault, cremation services and fees for installation of cemetery merchandise. Products and services may be sold separately or in packages. For packages, the Company accounts for individual products and services separately as they are distinct (i.e., the product or service is separately identifiable from other items in the package and the customer can benefit from it on its own or with other resources that are readily available to the customer). The consideration (including any discounts) is allocated among separate products and services in a package based on their relative stand-alone selling prices. The stand-alone selling price is determined by management based upon local market conditions and reasonable ranges for both merchandise and services which is the best estimate of the stand-alone price. For items that are not sold separately (e.g., second interment rights), the Company estimates stand-alone selling prices using the best estimate of market value, using inputs such as average selling price and list price broken down by each geographic location. Additionally, the Company considers typical sales promotions that could have impacted the stand-alone selling price estimates.

Interments revenue is recognized when control transfers, which is when the property is available for use by the customer. For pre-construction mausoleum contracts, the Company will only recognize revenue once the property is constructed and the customer has obtained substantially all of the remaining benefits of the property.

Merchandise revenue and deferred investment earnings on merchandise trusts are recognized when a customer obtains control of the product. This usually occurs when the customer takes possession of the product (title has transferred to the customer and the merchandise is either installed or stored, at the direction of the customer, at the vendor’s warehouse or a third-party warehouse at no additional cost to the Company). The amount of revenue recognized is adjusted for expected refunds, which are estimated

51


 

Table of Contents

based on applicable law, general business practices and historical experience observed specific to the respective performance obligation. The estimate of the refund obligation is reevaluated on a quarterly basis. In addition, the Company is entitled to retain, in certain jurisdictions, a portion of collected customer payments when a customer cancels a pre-need contract; these amounts are also recognized in revenue at the time the contract is cancelled.

Service revenue is recognized when the services are performed and the performance obligation is thereby satisfied.

The cost of goods sold related to merchandise and services reflects the actual cost of purchasing products and performing services and the value of cemetery property depleted through the recognized sales of interment rights. The costs related to the sales of lots and crypts are determined systematically using a specific identification method under which the total value of the underlying cemetery property and the lots available to be sold at the location are used to determine the cost per lot.

Funeral Home Operations

The Company generates revenues in its Funeral Home Operations segment principally generates revenue from (1) sales of funeral home merchandise which includes caskets and other funeral related items and (2) service revenues, including services such as family consultation, the removal of and preparation of remains and the use of funeral home facilities for visitation and services of remembrance. The Funeral Home Operations segment also include revenues related to the sale of term and whole life insurance on an agency basis, in which the Company earns a commission from the sales of these policies. Insurance commission revenue is reported within service revenues. Products and services may be sold separately or in packages. For packages, the Company accounts for individual products and services separately as they are distinct (i.e., the product or service is separately identifiable from other items in the package and the customer can benefit from it on its own or with other resources that are readily available to the customer). The consideration (including any discounts) is allocated among separate products and services based on their relative stand-alone selling prices. The relative stand-alone selling price is determined by management's best estimate of the stand-alone price based upon the list price at each location. The revenue generated by the Company through its Funeral Home Operations segment is principally derived from at-need sales.

Merchandise revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of the product. This usually occurs when the customer takes possession of the product (title has transferred to the customer and the merchandise is either installed or stored, at the direction of the customer, at the vendor’s warehouse or a third-party warehouse). The amount of revenue recognized is adjusted for expected refunds, which are estimated based on applicable law, general business practices and historical experience observed specific to the respective performance obligations. The estimate of the refund obligation is reevaluated on a quarterly basis.

Service revenue is recognized when the services are performed and the performance obligation is thereby satisfied.

Costs related to the delivery or performance of merchandise and services are charged to expense when merchandise is delivered or services are performed.

Deferred Revenues

Revenues from the sale of services and merchandise as well as any investment income from the merchandise trusts is deferred until such time that the services are performed or the merchandise is delivered. In addition, for amounts deferred on new contracts and investment income and unrealized gains on the Company’s merchandise trusts, deferred revenues include deferred revenues from pre-need sales that were entered into by entities prior to the Company’s acquisition of the assets of those entities. The Company provides for a profit margin for these deferred revenues to account for the projected future costs of delivering products and providing services on pre-need contracts that the Company acquired through acquisition. These revenues and their associated costs are recognized when the related merchandise is delivered or services are performed and are presented on a gross basis on the consolidated statements of operations.

Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowance

The Company sells pre-need cemetery contracts whereby the customer enters into arrangements for future pre-need merchandise and services. These sales are usually made using interest-bearing installment contracts not to exceed 60 months. The interest income is recorded as revenue when the interest amount is considered realizable and collectible, which typically coincides with cash payment. Interest income is not recognized until payments are collected in accordance with the contract. At the time of a pre-need sale, the Company records an account receivable in an amount equal to the total contract value less unearned finance income, unfulfilled performance obligations on cancellable contracts, and any cash deposit paid. The Company recognizes an allowance for doubtful accounts by applying a cancellation rate to amounts included in accounts receivable, which is recorded as

52


 

Table of Contents

a reduction in accounts receivable and a corresponding offset to deferred revenues. The cancellation rate is based on a five year average rate by each specific location. Management evaluates customer receivables for impairment based upon its historical experience, including the age of the receivables and the customers’ payment histories.

Cemetery Property

Cemetery property consists of developed and undeveloped cemetery land, constructed mausoleum crypts and lawn crypts and other cemetery property. Cemetery property is stated at cost or, upon acquisition of a business, at the fair value of the assets acquired.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost or, upon acquisition of a business, at the fair value of the assets acquired and depreciated on a straight-line basis. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, whereas additions and major replacements are capitalized and depreciation is recorded over their estimated useful lives. Major classifications of property and equipment and their respective useful lives are as follows:

Buildings and improvements

 

10 to 40 years

Software and computer hardware

 

3 years

Furniture and equipment

 

3 to 10 years

Leasehold improvements

 

over the shorter of the term of the lease or the life of the asset

Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations

For a long-lived asset or disposal group to be classified as held for sale all of the following criteria must be met

Management, having authority to approve the action, commits to a plan to sell the long-lived asset or disposal group;
The long-lived asset or disposal group is available for immediate sale in its present condition, subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sales of such long-lived assets (disposal groups);
An active program to locate a buyer(s) and other actions required to complete the plan to sell the long-lived asset (disposal group) have been initiated;
The sale of the long-lived asset (disposal group) is probable and transfer of the long-lived asset (disposal group) is expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year;
The long-lived asset (disposal group) is being actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value; and
Actions required to complete the plan indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn.

The determination to classify a site (or group of sites) as an asset held for sale requires estimates by the Company about the site and the level of market activity in which the site is based. Such estimates are based on factors that include recent sales of comparable sites, the extent of buyers’ interest in the site and the site’s condition. Based on these factors, the Company assesses the probability of divesting of the site under current market conditions at an acceptable price within one year. After the Company identifies a site to be held for sale, the Company discontinues depreciating the long-lived assets associated with the site and estimates the assets’ fair value, net of selling costs. If the carrying value of the assets to be classified as held for sale exceeds the Company’s estimated net fair value, the Company writes the assets down to the estimated net fair value. Assets and liabilities associated with the site to be classified as held for sale are presented separately in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets beginning with the period in which the Company decided to classify the site as held for sale.

A component of an entity that is disposed of by sale or abandonment is reported as discontinued operations if the transaction represents a strategic shift that will have a major effect on an entity's operations and financial results. The results of discontinued operations are aggregated and presented separately in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations. Assets and liabilities of the discontinued operations are aggregated and reported separately as assets and liabilities held for sale in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet, including the comparative prior year period.

53


 

Table of Contents

Amounts presented in discontinued operations are from the consolidated financial statements and accounting records using the historical basis of assets, liabilities, and historical results of the discontinued operations and exclude general corporate allocations.

For further details of the Company’s assets held for sale and discontinued operations, see Note 2 Acquisitions and Divestitures.

Merchandise Trusts

Pursuant to state law, a portion of the proceeds from pre-need sales of merchandise and services is put into trust (the “merchandise trust”) until such time that the Company meets the requirements for releasing trust principal, which is generally delivery of merchandise or performance of services. All investment earnings generated by the assets in the merchandise trusts (including realized gains and losses) are deferred until the associated merchandise is delivered or the services are performed. For further details of the Company’s merchandise trusts, see Note 6 Merchandise Trusts.

Perpetual Care Trusts

Pursuant to state law, a portion of the proceeds from the sale of cemetery property is required to be paid into perpetual care trusts. The perpetual care trust principal does not belong to the Company and must remain in this trust in perpetuity, while interest and dividends may be released and used to defray cemetery maintenance costs, which are expensed as incurred. The Company consolidates the trust into its financial statements because the trust is considered a variable interest entity for which the Company is the primary beneficiary. Earnings from the perpetual care trusts are recognized in current cemetery revenues. For further details of the Company’s perpetual care trusts, see Note 7 Perpetual Care Trusts.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company measures the available-for-sale securities held by its merchandise and perpetual care trusts at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company utilizes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of the asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

Level 1 – inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;
Level 2 – inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument; and
Level 3 – inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

The categorization of the asset or liability within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Reclassifications of fair value between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, if applicable, are made at the end of each quarter. For additional disclosures on the Company’s available-for-sale securities, refer to Note 6 Merchandise Trusts and Note 7 Perpetual Care Trusts.

Inventories

Inventories are classified within Other current assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets and include cemetery and funeral home merchandise valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined primarily on a specific identification basis using a first-in, first-out method. Inventories were approximately $3.7 million and $6.0 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company monitors the recoverability of long-lived assets, including cemetery property, property and equipment and other assets, based on estimates using factors such as current market value, future asset utilization, business and regulatory climate and future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the related assets, at a location level. The Company’s policy is to perform the long-lived asset impairment test prescribed by ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment, every reporting period for all of its cemetery property and funeral home locations. Any location that has an operating loss for the current reporting period, a trend of operating losses over the current fiscal year and/or a trend of operating losses over the previous five fiscal years

54


 

Table of Contents

is tested for recoverability. If the carrying value of any of the Company’s locations is not recoverable, as a result of the sum of expected future undiscounted cash flows for the location being less than the carrying value of the location, the Company records an impairment charge to write-down the location to its fair value.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Trust Assets

The Company determines whether or not the impairment of a fixed maturity debt security is other-than-temporary by evaluating each of the following:

Whether it is the Company’s intent to sell the security. If there is intent to sell, the impairment is considered to be other-than-temporary.
If there is no intent to sell, the Company evaluates if it is not more likely than not that it will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. If the Company determines that it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell an impaired investment before its anticipated recovery, the impairment is considered to be other-than-temporary.

The Company further evaluates whether or not all assets in the trusts have other-than-temporary impairments based upon a number of criteria including the severity of the impairment, length of time a security has been in a loss position, changes in market conditions and concerns related to the specific issuer. If an impairment is considered to be other-than-temporary, the cost basis of the security is adjusted downward to its fair value.

For assets held in the perpetual care trusts, any reduction in the cost basis due to an other-than-temporary impairment is offset with an equal and opposite reduction in the perpetual care trust corpus and has no impact on earnings.

For assets held in the merchandise trusts, any reduction in the cost basis due to an other-than-temporary impairment is recorded in deferred revenue.

Trust Investments – Direct Loans

The trusts, may, from time to time, extend credit to third party companies as part of its overall investment strategy. The amounts outstanding on loans are referred to as direct loans and are included in trust investments on the consolidated balance sheets. It is the trusts’ expectation that the loans originated will be held for the foreseeable future or until maturity. In certain situations, for example to manage concentrations and/or credit risk, some or all of certain exposures may be sold. Loans for which the trusts have the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity are classified as held for investment (“HFI”). If a trust no longer has the intent or ability to hold a loan for the foreseeable future, then the loan is transferred to held for sale (“HFS”). Loans entered into with the intent to resell are classified as HFS.

The trusts account for direct loans at amortized cost, net of unamortized origination fees, if any. The trusts evaluate the collectability of both interest and principal for each loan to determine whether it is impaired. A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, a trust determines it is probable that it will be unable to collect amounts due according to the existing contractual terms. When a loan is considered to be impaired, the amount of loss is calculated by comparing the carrying value of the financial asset to the value determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at the loan’s effective interest rate or to the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral, less costs to sell, if the loan is collateralized and the applicable trust expects repayment to be provided solely by the collateral. Impairment assessments require significant judgments and are based on significant assumptions related to the borrower’s credit risk, financial performance, expected sales, and estimated fair value of the collateral.

Allowance for Loan Losses on Trust Direct Loans

The allowance for loan losses is intended to provide for loan losses inherent in the finance receivables portfolio and is periodically reviewed for adequacy considering credit quality indicators, including expected and historical losses and levels of and trends in past due loans, non-performing assets and impaired loans, collateral values and economic conditions. The allowance for loan losses is determined based on specific allowances for loans that are impaired, based upon the value of underlying collateral or projected cash flows. Changes to the allowance for loan losses are recorded in the provision for loan credit losses in the consolidated statement of income. It should be noted that any allowance does not get reflected in the income statement on day one but rather an adjustment to the balance sheet in deferred revenue. Refer to “Revenues” and “Deferred Revenues” above for further clarification.

55


 

Table of Contents

Direct loans are reported at their determined principal balances net of any unearned income, cumulative charge-offs and unamortized deferred fees and costs. Unearned income and deferred fees and costs are amortized to interest income based on all cash flows expected using the effective interest method.

Intangible Assets

The Company has acquired intangible assets, most of which have been recognized as a result of acquisitions and long-term lease, management and operating agreements. The Company amortizes these intangible assets over their estimated useful lives and periodically tests them for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be greater than fair value and therefore not fully recoverable. For further details of the Company’s intangible assets, see Note 8 Intangible Assets.

Income Taxes

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, and a provision for U.S. federal income tax has been provided in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Company is also responsible for certain state income and franchise taxes in the states in which it operates.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis and tax carryforwards, if applicable. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in earnings in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company recognizes interest accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits, if any, in income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations. For further details of the Company’s income taxes, see Note 12 Income Taxes.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company has a long-term incentive plan under which it is authorized to grant stock-based compensation awards, such as restricted stock or restricted units to be settled in common stock and non-qualified stock options (“stock options”). The Company recognizes compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the stock-based awards on the date of grant over the requisite service period. The fair value of restricted stock awards and restricted stock unit awards is determined based on the number of restricted stock or restricted stock units granted and the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. The fair value of stock options is determined by applying the Black-Scholes model to the grant-date market value of the underlying common stock of the Company. The Company has elected to recognize forfeiture credits for these stock-based compensation awards as they are incurred, as this method best reflects actual stock-based compensation expense.

Tax deductions on the stock-based compensation awards are not realized until the stock-based compensation awards are vested or exercised. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets for stock-based compensation awards that will result in future deductions on its income tax returns, based on the amount of stock-based compensation recognized at the statutory tax rate in the jurisdiction in which the Company will receive a tax deduction. If the tax deduction for a stock-based compensation award is greater than the cumulative GAAP compensation expense for that stock-based compensation award upon realization of a tax deduction, an excess tax benefit will be recognized and recorded as a favorable impact on the effective tax rate. If the tax deduction for a stock-based compensation award is less than the cumulative GAAP compensation expense for that stock-based compensation award upon realization of the tax deduction, a tax shortfall will be recognized and recorded as an unfavorable impact on the effective tax rate. Any excess tax benefits or shortfalls will be recorded discretely in the period in which they occur. The cash flows resulting from any excess tax benefit will be classified as financing cash flows in the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows.

The Company provides its employees with the election to settle the income tax obligations arising from the vesting of their restricted stock-based compensation awards by the Company withholding stock equal to such income tax obligations. Stock acquired from employees in connection with the settlement of the employees’ income tax obligations on these stock-based compensation awards are accounted for as treasury shares that are subsequently retired. Restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and stock options are not considered issued and outstanding for purposes of earnings per share calculations until vested.

For further details of the Company’s stock-based compensation plans, see Note 11 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

56


 

Table of Contents

Leases

The Company leases a variety of assets throughout its organization, such as office space, funeral homes, warehouses and equipment. The Company has both operating and finance leases. The Company’s operating leases primarily include office space, funeral homes and equipment. The Company’s finance leases primarily consist of vehicles and certain IT equipment. The Company determines whether an arrangement is or contains a lease at the inception of the arrangement based on the facts and circumstances in each contract. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet and the Company recognizes lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For lease agreements with an initial term in excess of 12 months, the Company records the lease liability and Right of Use (“ROU”) asset at commencement date based upon the present value of the sum of the remaining minimum rental payments, which exclude executory costs. Certain adjustments to the ROU asset may be required for items such as initial direct costs paid or incentives received.

Certain leases provide the Company with the option to renew for additional periods, with renewal terms that can extend the lease term for periods ranging from 1 to 30 years. Where leases contain escalation clauses, rent abatements and/or concessions, the Company applies them in the determination of lease expense. The exercise of lease renewal options is at the Company’s sole discretion, and the Company only includes the renewal option in the lease term when the Company can be reasonably certain that it will exercise the additional options.

As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The Company evaluates the term of the lease, type of asset and its weighted average cost of capital to determine its incremental borrowing rate used to measure the ROU asset and lease liability.

The Company calculates operating lease expense ratably over the lease term plus any reasonably assured renewal periods. The Company considers reasonably assured renewal options, fixed escalation provisions and residual value guarantees in its calculation. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or asset life, which may include renewal periods where the renewal is reasonably assured, and are included in the determination of straight-line rent expense. The depreciable life of assets and leasehold improvements are generally limited by the expected lease term.

The Company’s leases also typically have lease and non-lease components, which are generally accounted for separately and not included in the measurement of the ROU asset and lease liability.

Net Loss per Common Share (Basic and Diluted)

Basic net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per common share is calculated by dividing net loss attributable to common shares by the sum of the weighted-average number of outstanding common shares and the dilutive effect of share-based awards, as calculated by the treasury stock or if converted methods, as applicable. These awards consist of common shares that are contingently issuable upon the satisfaction of certain vesting conditions for stock awards granted under the Company’s long-term incentive plan.

57


 

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the reconciliation of the Company’s weighted-average number of outstanding common shares as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 used to compute basic net loss attributable to common shares with those used to compute diluted net loss per common share, (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Weighted average number of outstanding common shares—basic

 

 

117,998

 

 

 

106,991

 

Plus effect of dilutive incentive awards(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of outstanding common shares—diluted

 

 

117,998

 

 

 

106,991

 

 

(1)
For the year ended December 31, 2021, the diluted weighted-average number of outstanding common shares does not include 1,282,555 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and 230,489 restricted common shares as their effects would have been anti-dilutive. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the diluted weighted-average number of outstanding common shares does not include 3,577,850 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options and 338,345 restricted common shares as their effects would have been anti-dilutive.  

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, advertising costs were $8.5 million and $6.3 million, respectively.

Recently Issued Accounting Standard Updates - Not Yet Effective

Credit Losses

In June 2016, FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, Credit Losses (Topic 326) ("ASU 2016-13"). The core principle of ASU 2016-13 is that all assets measured at amortized cost basis should be presented at the net amount expected to be collected using historical experience, current conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts as a basis for credit loss estimates, instead of the probable initial recognition threshold used under current GAAP. In November 2018, FASB issued ASU No. 2018-19, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (“ASU 2018-09”), which clarified that receivables arising from operating leases are not within the scope of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 326-20, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses-Measured at Amortized Cost, and should be accounted for in accordance with ASC 842, Leases. In April 2019, FASB issued ASU No. 2019-04, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses, Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and Topic 825, Financial Instruments (“ASU 2019-04”), which includes clarifications to the amendments issued in ASU 2016-13. In May 2019, FASB issued ASU No. 2019-05, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326), which provides entities that have certain instruments within the scope of ASC 326-20 with an option to irrevocably elect the fair value option in ASC 825, Financial Instruments, upon adoption of ASU 2016-13. In November 2019, FASB issued ASU No. 2019-10, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326), Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815), and Leases (Topic 842) (“ASU 2019-10”), which modifies the effective dates for ASU 2016-13, ASU 2017-12 and ASU 2016-02 to reflect the FASB’s new policy of staggering effective dates between larger public companies and all other companies. With the issuance of ASU 2019-10, the Company’s effective date for adopting all amendments related to the new credit loss standard has been extended to January 1, 2023. In November 2019, FASB issued ASU No. 2019-11, Codification Improvements to Topic 326, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (“ASU 2019-11”), which includes clarifications to and addresses specific stakeholders’ issues concerning the amendments issued in ASU 2016-13. In February 2020, FASB issued ASU No, 2020-02, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326) and Leases (Topic 842) and in March 2020 issued ASU No. 2020-03, Codification Improvements to Financial Instruments, both of which also provide updates and clarification. The Company plans to adopt the requirements of these amendments upon their effective date of January 1, 2023, using the modified-retrospective method and is evaluating the potential impact of the adoption on its financial position, results of operations and related disclosures. 

58


 

Table of Contents

2.
ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURES

On March 23, 2021, the Company signed a definitive agreement to acquire four cemeteries located within its east coast geographic footprint for a total purchase price of $5.4 million, subject to customary working capital adjustments. The acquisition of two of these cemeteries closed on January 31, 2022, and the remaining two cemeteries are expected to close in the second quarter of 2022. Refer to Note 20 Subsequent Events for more information on this and other acquisition activity occurring after December 31, 2021.

In the fourth quarter of 2019, the Company launched an asset sale program designed to divest assets at attractive multiples, reduce debt levels and improve cash flow and liquidity. The following divestitures have resulted from this program.

On January 3, 2020, the Company sold substantially all of the assets of Oakmont Memorial Park, Oakmont Funeral Home, Redwood Chapel, Inspiration Chapel and Oakmont Crematory located in California pursuant to the terms of an asset sale agreement (the “Oakmont Agreement”) with Carriage Funeral Holdings, Inc. for an aggregate cash purchase price of $33.0 million (the “Oakmont Sale”). The divested assets consisted of one cemetery, one funeral home and certain related assets. The Oakmont Sale resulted in a gain of $24.4 million, which is included in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020. Net proceeds from the sale were used to redeem an aggregate $30.3 million principal amount of the 2024 Notes as required by the 2024 Indenture.

On April 7, 2020, the Company completed the sale of substantially all of the assets of the cemetery, funeral establishment and crematory commonly known as Olivet Memorial Park, Olivet Funeral and Cremation Services and Olivet Memorial Park & Crematory pursuant to the terms of an asset sale agreement (the “Olivet Agreement”) with Cypress Lawn Cemetery Association for an aggregate cash purchase price of $25.0 million, subject to certain adjustments (the “Olivet Sale”), and the assumption of certain liabilities, including $17.1 million in land purchase obligations. The Olivet Sale resulted in a gain of $7.2 million, which is included in the accompanying statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company used net proceeds of $20.5 million to redeem additional 2024 Notes as required by the 2024 Indenture.

On November 3, 2020, the Company completed the sale of substantially all of the Company’s remaining California properties, consisting of five cemeteries, six funeral establishments and four crematories (the “Remaining California Assets”) pursuant to the terms of an asset sale agreement (the “California Agreement”) with certain entities owned by John Yeatman and Guy Saxton for a cash purchase price of $7.1 million, subject to certain closing adjustments (the “Remaining California Sale” and together with the Olivet Sale, the “Total California Sale”). The Company used net proceeds of $5.7 million to redeem $5.6 million in principal amount of additional 2024 Notes as required by the 2024 Indenture.

On April 2, 2021, the Company completed the sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets in Oregon and Washington, consisting of nine cemeteries, ten funeral establishments and four crematories (the “Clearstone Assets”) pursuant to the terms of an asset sale agreement entered into on November 6, 2020 (the “Clearstone Agreement”) with Clearstone Memorial Partners, LLC for a net cash purchase price of $6.2 million, subject to certain adjustments (the “Clearstone Sale”). The Company redeemed $6.7 million in principal amount of additional 2024 Notes as required by the 2024 Indenture.

The Clearstone Agreement to sell the Clearstone Assets, together with the other divestitures completed in 2020 described above, represented a strategic exit from the west coast. Therefore, the results of operations of the Clearstone Assets, and of the businesses sold in 2020 for the period before their respective sales, have been presented as discontinued operations on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Additionally, all of the assets and liabilities associated with the Clearstone Assets have been classified as held for sale on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2020.

59


 

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the results of discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cemetery revenues

 

$

1,499

 

 

$

8,551

 

Funeral home revenues

 

 

1,244

 

 

 

8,277

 

Cost of goods sold

 

 

(192

)

 

 

(1,425

)

Cemetery expense

 

 

(245

)

 

 

(2,478

)

Selling expense

 

 

(265

)

 

 

(2,416

)

General and administrative expense

 

 

(188

)

 

 

(2,274

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(40

)

 

 

(243

)

Funeral home expenses

 

 

(790

)

 

 

(6,565

)

Interest expense

 

 

(166

)

 

 

(1,874

)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations before income taxes

 

 

857

 

 

 

(447

)

Net gain on sale of businesses

 

 

821

 

 

 

29,429

 

Income tax expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income from discontinued operations

 

$

1,678

 

 

$

28,982

 

 

The following table summarizes the major classes of assets and liabilities that have been classified as held for sale in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

Clearstone

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance

$

230

 

 

$

 

 

$

230

 

Other current assets

 

104

 

 

 

 

 

 

104

 

Total current assets held for sale

 

334

 

 

 

 

 

 

334

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term accounts receivable, net of allowance

 

193

 

 

 

 

 

 

193

 

Cemetery property

 

3,492

 

 

 

350

 

 

 

3,842

 

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

 

2,529

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,529

 

Merchandise trusts, restricted, at fair value

 

14,831

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,831

 

Perpetual care trusts, restricted, at fair value

 

4,518

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,518

 

Deferred selling and obtaining costs

 

1,865

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,865

 

Other assets

 

463

 

 

 

 

 

 

463

 

Total assets held for sale

$

28,225

 

 

$

350

 

 

$

28,575

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

$

51

 

 

$

 

 

$

51

 

Total current liabilities held for sale

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred revenues

 

18,456

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,456

 

Perpetual care trust corpus

 

4,518

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,518

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

381

 

 

 

 

 

 

381

 

Total liabilities held for sale

$

23,406

 

 

$

 

 

$

23,406

 

 

60


 

Table of Contents

The following table presents the depreciation and amortization, capital expenditures, sale proceeds and significant operating noncash items of the discontinued operations as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cash flows from discontinued operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

40

 

 

$

243

 

Gains on sales of discontinued operations businesses

 

 

821

 

 

 

29,429

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from discontinued investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures

 

$

17

 

 

$

51

 

Proceeds from sales of discontinued businesses

 

 

6,979

 

 

 

57,342

 

On May 24, 2021, the Company completed the sale of three cemetery properties located in Missouri for a total purchase price of $720,000 (the “Missouri Sale”), resulting in a loss on sale of $1.8 million, which is included in Loss on sale of businesses and other impairments on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021.

3.
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET OF ALLOWANCE

Long-term accounts receivable, net, consisted of the following at the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Customer receivables

 

$

154,664

 

 

$

154,903

 

Unearned finance income

 

 

(14,319

)

 

 

(16,022

)

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(5,816

)

 

 

(5,711

)

Accounts receivable, net of allowance

 

 

134,529

 

 

 

133,170

 

Less: Current portion, net of allowance

 

 

62,220

 

 

 

57,869

 

Long-term portion, net of allowance

 

$

72,309

 

 

$

75,301

 

Activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

5,711

 

 

$

5,884

 

Provision for doubtful accounts

 

 

6,354

 

 

 

6,275

 

Charge-offs, net

 

 

(6,249

)

 

 

(6,267

)

Amounts related to assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

(181

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

5,816

 

 

$

5,711

 

 

Management evaluates customer receivables for impairment based upon its historical experience, including the age of the receivables and the customers’ payment histories.

4.
CEMETERY PROPERTY

Cemetery property consisted of the following at the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Cemetery land

 

$

229,736

 

 

$

232,548

 

Mausoleum crypts and lawn crypts

 

 

67,022

 

 

 

66,978

 

Cemetery property

 

$

296,758

 

 

$

299,526

 

 

61


 

Table of Contents

5.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following at the dates indicated (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Buildings and improvements

 

$

115,141

 

 

$

112,345

 

Furniture and equipment

 

 

54,099

 

 

 

53,199

 

Funeral home land

 

 

10,932

 

 

 

11,005

 

Property and equipment, gross

 

 

180,172

 

 

 

176,549

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(97,562

)

 

 

(93,053

)

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

 

$

82,610

 

 

$

83,496

 

Depreciation expense was $7.0 million and $8.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

6.
MERCHANDISE TRUSTS

At December 31, 2021 and 2020 the Company’s merchandise trusts consisted of investments in debt and equity marketable securities and cash equivalents, both directly and through mutual and investment funds. All of these investments are carried at fair value. All of these investments are subject to the fair value hierarchy and considered either Level 1 or Level 2 assets pursuant to the three-level hierarchy described in Note 16 Fair Value. There were no Level 3 assets in the Company’s merchandise trusts. When the Company receives a payment from a pre-need customer, the Company deposits the amount required by law into the merchandise trusts that may be subject to cancellation on demand by the pre-need customer. The Company’s merchandise trusts related to states in which pre-need customers may cancel contracts with the Company comprises 47.8% of the total merchandise trust as of December 31, 2021. The merchandise trusts are variable interest entities (“VIE”) of which the Company is deemed the primary beneficiary. The assets held in the merchandise trusts are required to be used to purchase the merchandise and provide the services to which they relate. If the value of these assets falls below the cost of purchasing such merchandise and providing such services, the Company may be required to fund this shortfall.

The Company included $10.3 million and $10.0 million of investments held in trust as required by law by the West Virginia Funeral Directors Association at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, in its merchandise trust assets. These trusts are recognized at their account value, which approximates fair value.

A reconciliation of the Company’s merchandise trust activities for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 is presented below (in thousands):

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Balance—beginning of period

 

$

516,284

 

 

$

523,865

 

Contributions

 

 

63,112

 

 

 

51,409

 

Distributions

 

 

(86,918

)

 

 

(82,059

)

Interest and dividends

 

 

44,629

 

 

 

34,232

 

Capital gain distributions

 

 

12,578

 

 

 

2,330

 

Realized gains and losses, net

 

 

28,004

 

 

 

(1,232

)

Other than temporary impairment

 

 

(136

)

 

 

(26,714

)

Taxes

 

 

(303

)

 

 

(408

)

Fees

 

 

(6,888

)

 

 

(7,077

)

Unrealized change in fair value

 

 

(2,509

)

 

 

21,938

 

  Total

 

 

567,853

 

 

 

516,284

 

Less: Assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

(14,831

)

Balance—end of period

 

$

567,853

 

 

$

501,453

 

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, purchases of available for sale securities were approximately $77.6 million and $52.9 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, sales, maturities and paydowns of available for sale securities were approximately $42.1 million and $56.4 million, respectively. Cash flows from pre-need contracts are presented as operating cash flows in the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows.

62


 

Table of Contents

The cost and market value associated with the assets held in the merchandise trusts as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2021

 

Fair Value
Hierarchy
Level

 

Cost

 

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Short-term investments

 

1

 

$

51,243

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

51,243

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. governmental securities

 

2

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Corporate debt securities

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Other debt securities

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

Mutual funds—debt securities

 

1

 

 

6,097

 

 

 

81

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

6,163

 

Mutual funds—equity securities

 

1

 

 

1,021

 

 

 

245

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,266

 

Other investment funds(1)

 

 

 

 

457,447

 

 

 

26,008

 

 

 

(4,398

)

 

 

479,057

 

Equity securities

 

1

 

 

14,696

 

 

 

3,316

 

 

 

(2,051

)

 

 

15,961

 

Other invested assets

 

2

 

 

3,766

 

 

 

103

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,869

 

Total investments

 

 

 

 

534,271

 

 

 

29,754

 

 

 

(6,464

)

 

 

557,561

 

West Virginia Trust Receivable

 

 

 

 

9,992

 

 

 

300

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,292

 

Total

 

 

 

$

544,263

 

 

$

30,054

 

 

$

(6,464

)

 

$

567,853

 

(1)
Other investment funds are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient and have not been categorized in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. This asset class includes fixed income funds and equity funds, which have redemption periods ranging from 1 to 30 days, and private credit funds, which have lockup periods of zero to fifteen years with three potential one year extensions at the discretion of the funds’ general partners. As of December 31, 2021, there were $112.4 million in unfunded investment commitments to the private credit funds, which are callable at any time. This asset class also includes $125.4 million of direct loans which are accounted for at amortized cost, net of unamortized origination fees, if any, and are categorized as Level 3 investments in the fair value hierarchy. The interest rates on these direct loans are consistent with market rates, and their amortized cost approximates fair value.

December 31, 2020

 

Fair Value
Hierarchy
Level

 

Cost

 

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Short-term investments

 

1

 

$

41,039

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

 

 

$

41,051

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. governmental securities

 

2

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Corporate debt securities

 

2

 

 

2,818

 

 

 

638

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,456

 

Other debt securities

 

2

 

 

23,165

 

 

 

1,578

 

 

 

(1,332

)

 

 

23,411

 

Total fixed maturities

 

 

 

 

25,984

 

 

 

2,216

 

 

 

(1,332

)

 

 

26,868

 

Mutual funds—debt securities

 

1

 

 

6,097

 

 

 

306

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,403

 

Mutual funds—equity securities

 

1

 

 

26,356

 

 

 

43

 

 

 

(154

)

 

 

26,245

 

Other investment funds(1)

 

 

 

 

337,565

 

 

 

32,461

 

 

 

(8,812

)

 

 

361,214

 

Equity securities

 

1

 

 

35,055

 

 

 

5,544

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

40,580

 

Other invested assets

 

2

 

 

3,875

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,954

 

Total investments

 

 

 

 

475,971

 

 

 

40,661

 

 

 

(10,317

)

 

 

506,315

 

West Virginia Trust Receivable

 

 

 

 

10,190

 

 

 

 

 

 

(221

)

 

 

9,969

 

Total

 

 

 

$

486,161

 

 

$

40,661

 

 

$

(10,538

)

 

$

516,284

 

Less: Assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,831

)

Total

 

 

 

$

486,161

 

 

$

40,661

 

 

$

(10,538

)

 

$

501,453

 

(1)
Other investment funds are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient and have not been categorized in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. This asset class is composed of fixed income funds and equity funds, which have redemption periods ranging from 1 to 30 days, and private credit funds, which have lockup periods of zero to five years with three potential one year extensions at the discretion of the funds’ general partners. As of December 31, 2020, there were $47.8 million in unfunded investment commitments to the private credit funds, which are callable at any time.

63


 

Table of Contents

The contractual maturities of debt securities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2021

 

Less than
1 year

 

 

1 year
through
5 years

 

 

6 years
through
10 years

 

 

More than
10 years

 

U.S. governmental securities

 

$

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

 

$

 

 

$

2

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Less than
1 year

 

 

1 year
through
5 years

 

 

6 years
through
10 years

 

 

More than
10 years

 

U.S. governmental securities

 

$

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

3,456

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other debt securities

 

 

18,392

 

 

 

5,019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

 

$

18,392

 

 

$

8,476

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Temporary Declines in Fair Value

The Company evaluates declines in fair value below cost for each asset held in the merchandise trusts on a quarterly basis.

An aging of unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in debt and equity securities within the merchandise trusts as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 is presented below (in thousands):

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

 

12 months or more

 

 

Total

 

December 31, 2021

 

Fair
Value

 

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Fair
Value

 

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Fair
Value

 

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. governmental securities

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

297

 

 

$

 

 

$

297

 

 

$

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

620

 

 

 

 

 

 

620

 

 

 

 

Other debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

917

 

 

 

 

 

 

917

 

 

 

 

Mutual funds—debt securities

 

 

890

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

890

 

 

 

15

 

Mutual funds—equity securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other investment funds

 

 

42,645

 

 

 

4,398

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42,645

 

 

 

4,398

 

Equity securities

 

 

3,108

 

 

 

2,050

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3,109

 

 

 

2,051

 

Total

 

$

46,643

 

 

$

6,463

 

 

$

918

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

47,561

 

 

$

6,464

 

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

 

12 months or more

 

 

Total

 

December 31, 2020

 

Fair
Value

 

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Fair
Value

 

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Fair
Value

 

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. governmental securities

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other debt securities

 

 

18,392

 

 

 

1,332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,392

 

 

 

1,332

 

Total fixed maturities

 

 

18,392

 

 

 

1,332

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,392

 

 

 

1,332

 

Mutual funds—debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mutual funds—equity securities

 

 

128

 

 

 

154

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

154

 

Other investment funds

 

 

75,799

 

 

 

8,812

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

75,799

 

 

 

8,812

 

Equity securities

 

 

82

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

19

 

Total

 

$

94,401

 

 

$

10,317

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

94,401

 

 

$

10,317

 

For all securities in an unrealized loss position, the Company evaluated the severity of the impairment and length of time that a security has been in a loss position and concluded the decline in fair value below the asset’s cost was temporary in nature. In addition, the Company is not aware of any circumstances that would prevent the future market value recovery for these securities.

64


 

Table of Contents

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Trust Assets

The Company assesses its merchandise trust assets for other-than-temporary declines in fair value on a quarterly basis. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company determined, based on its review, that there were 6 securities with an aggregate cost basis of approximately $0.3 million and an aggregate fair value of approximately $0.2 million, resulting in an impairment of $0.1 million, with such impairment considered to be other-than-temporary due to credit indicators. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company determined, based on its review, that there were 57 securities with an aggregate cost basis of approximately $106.4 million and an aggregate fair value of approximately $79.7 million, resulting in an impairment of $26.7 million, with such impairment considered to be other-than-temporary due to credit indicators. Accordingly, the Company adjusted the cost basis of these assets to their current value and offset these changes against deferred merchandise trust revenue. These adjustments to deferred revenue will be reflected within the Company’s consolidated statements of operations in future periods as the underlying merchandise is delivered or the underlying service is performed.

Impairment of Direct Loans

On a quarterly basis, the merchandise trusts evaluate the carrying value of each direct loan for impairment. A direct loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is determined that the trusts will not be able to collect the amounts due according to the loan contract, including scheduled interest payments. This evaluation is generally based on delinquency information, an assessment of the borrower’s financial condition and the adequacy of collateral, if any. The trusts would generally place direct loans on nonaccrual status when the full and timely collection of interest or principal becomes uncertain and they are 90 days past due for interest or principal, unless the direct loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection. When placed on nonaccrual, the trusts would reverse any accrued unpaid interest receivable against interest income and amortization of any net deferred fees is suspended. Generally, the trusts would return a direct loan to accrual status when all delinquent interest and principal become current under the terms of the credit agreement and collectability of remaining principal and interest is no longer doubtful. In certain circumstances, the trusts may place a direct loan on nonaccrual status but conclude it is not impaired. The trusts may retain independent third-party valuations on such nonaccrual positions to support impairment decisions.

When the trusts identify a direct loan as impaired, they measure the impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the receivable’s effective interest rate, or the estimated fair value of the collateral, less estimated costs to sell. If it is determined that the value of an impaired receivable is less than the recorded investment, the trusts would recognize impairment with a charge to deferred revenue. When the value of the impaired loan is calculated by discounting expected cash flows, interest income would be recognized using the loan’s effective interest rate over the remaining life of the loan.

The trusts individually develop the allowance for credit losses for any identified impaired loans. In developing the allowance for credit losses, the trusts consider, among other things, the following credit quality indicators:

business characteristics and financial conditions of obligors;
current economic conditions and trends;
actual charge-off experience;
current delinquency levels;
value of underlying collateral and guarantees;
regulatory environment; and
any other relevant factors predicting investment recovery.

There were no such impairments during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

 

65


 

Table of Contents

7.
PERPETUAL CARE TRUSTS

At December 31, 2021 and 2020 the Company’s perpetual care trusts consisted of investments in debt and equity marketable securities and cash equivalents, both directly as well as through mutual and investment funds. All of these investments are carried at fair value. All of the investments subject to the fair value hierarchy are considered either Level 1 or Level 2 assets pursuant to the three-level hierarchy described in Note 16 Fair Value. There were no Level 3 assets in the Company’s perpetual care trusts. The perpetual care trusts are VIEs for which the Company is the primary beneficiary.

A reconciliation of the Company’s perpetual care trust activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 is presented below (in thousands):

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Balance—beginning of period

 

$

316,746

 

 

$

346,089

 

Contributions

 

 

9,233

 

 

 

8,500

 

Distributions

 

 

(45,395

)

 

 

(48,820

)

Interest and dividends

 

 

36,003

 

 

 

24,746

 

Capital gain distributions

 

 

6,362

 

 

 

844

 

Realized gains and losses, net

 

 

16,611

 

 

 

(301

)

Other than temporary impairment

 

 

(55

)

 

 

(14,710

)

Taxes

 

 

(1,202

)

 

 

(616

)

Fees

 

 

(2,959

)

 

 

(3,161

)

Unrealized change in fair value

 

 

3,794

 

 

 

4,175

 

  Total

 

 

339,138

 

 

 

316,746

 

Less: Assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

(4,518

)

Balance—end of period

 

$

339,138

 

 

$

312,228

 

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, purchases of available for sale securities were approximately $30.2 million and $16.1 million, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, sales, maturities and paydowns of available for sale securities were approximately $12.5 million and $42.1 million, respectively. Cash flows from perpetual care trust related contracts are presented as operating cash flows in the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows.

The cost and market value associated with the assets held in the perpetual care trusts as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 were as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2021

 

Fair Value
Hierarchy
Level

 

Cost

 

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Short-term investments

 

1

 

$

25,674

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

25,674

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. governmental securities

 

2

 

 

12

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

Corporate debt securities

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other debt securities

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

Mutual funds—debt securities

 

1

 

 

2,306

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

(35

)

 

 

2,299

 

Mutual funds—equity securities

 

1

 

 

3,894

 

 

 

1,341

 

 

 

(63

)

 

 

5,172

 

Other investment funds(1)

 

 

 

 

285,826

 

 

 

14,554

 

 

 

(2,776

)

 

 

297,604

 

Equity securities

 

1

 

 

6,817

 

 

 

1,661

 

 

 

(113

)

 

 

8,365

 

Other invested assets

 

2

 

 

9

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Total investments

 

 

 

$

324,538

 

 

$

17,587

 

 

$

(2,987

)

 

$

339,138

 

(1)
Other investment funds are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient and have not been categorized in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. This asset class is includes fixed income funds and equity funds, which have a redemption period ranging from 1 to 30 days, and private credit funds, which have lockup periods ranging from zero to fifteen years with four potential one year extensions at the discretion of the funds’ general partners. As of December 31, 2021 there were $67.3 million in unfunded investment commitments to the private credit funds, which are callable at any time. This asset class also includes $79.7 million of direct loans which are accounted for at amortized cost, net of unamortized origination fees, if any, and are categorized as Level 3 investments in

66


 

Table of Contents

the fair value hierarchy. The interest rates on these direct loans are consistent with market rates, and their amortized cost approximates fair value.

December 31, 2020

 

Fair Value
Hierarchy
Level

 

Cost

 

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Fair
Value

 

Short-term investments

 

1

 

$

21,217

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

21,217

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. governmental securities

 

2

 

 

48

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

52

 

Corporate debt securities

 

2

 

 

505

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

(44

)

 

 

553

 

Other debt securities

 

2

 

 

433

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28

)

 

 

405

 

Total fixed maturities

 

 

 

 

986

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

(72

)

 

 

1,010

 

Mutual funds—debt securities

 

1

 

 

2,386

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

2,439

 

Mutual funds—equity securities

 

1

 

 

9,240

 

 

 

1,244

 

 

 

(7

)

 

 

10,477

 

Other investment funds(1)

 

 

 

 

247,845

 

 

 

21,952

 

 

 

(10,813

)

 

 

258,984

 

Equity securities

 

1

 

 

21,748

 

 

 

873

 

 

 

(19

)

 

 

22,602

 

Other invested assets

 

2

 

 

16

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

Total investments

 

 

 

$

303,438

 

 

$

24,228

 

 

$

(10,920

)

 

$

316,746

 

Less: Assets held for sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,518

)

Total

 

 

 

$

303,438

 

 

$

24,228

 

 

$

(10,920

)

 

$

312,228

 

(1)
Other investment funds are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient and have not been categorized in the fair value hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in this table are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the amounts presented in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. This asset class is composed of fixed income funds and equity funds, which have a redemption period ranging from 1 to 30 days, and private credit funds, which have lockup periods ranging from zero to six years with three potential one year extensions at the discretion of the funds’ general partners. As of December 31, 2020 there were $41.1 million in unfunded investment commitments to the private credit funds, which are callable at any time.

The contractual maturities of debt securities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, were as follows (in thousands):

December 31, 2021

 

Less than
1 year

 

 

1 year through
5 years

 

 

6 years through
10 years

 

 

More than
10 years

 

U.S. governmental securities

 

$

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

 

 

$

13

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

 

$

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

 

 

$

13

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Less than
1 year

 

 

1 year through
5 years

 

 

6 years through
10 years

 

 

More than
10 years

 

U.S. governmental securities

 

$

25

 

 

$

6

 

 

$

 

 

$

21

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

553

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other debt securities

 

 

405

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

 

$

430

 

 

$

559

 

 

$

 

 

$

21

 

Temporary Declines in Fair Value

The Company evaluates declines in fair value below cost of each individual asset held in the perpetual care trusts on a quarterly basis.

67


 

Table of Contents

An aging of unrealized losses on the Company’s investments in debt and equity securities within the perpetual care trusts as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 is presented below (in thousands):

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

 

12 months or more

 

 

Total

 

December 31, 2021

 

Fair
Value

 

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Fair
Value

 

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Fair
Value

 

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. governmental securities

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

990

 

 

$

 

 

$

990

 

 

$

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,959

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,959

 

 

 

 

Other debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total fixed maturities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,949

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,949

 

 

 

 

Mutual funds—debt securities

 

 

863

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

454

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

1,317

 

 

 

35

 

Mutual funds—equity securities

 

 

661

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

662

 

 

 

63

 

Other investment funds

 

 

26,533

 

 

 

2,776

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,533

 

 

 

2,776

 

Equity securities

 

 

962

 

 

 

112

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

963

 

 

 

113

 

Total

 

$

29,019

 

 

$

2,973

 

 

$

3,405

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

32,424

 

 

$

2,987

 

 

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

 

12 months or more

 

 

Total

 

December 31, 2020

 

Fair
Value

 

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Fair
Value

 

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

 

Fair
Value

 

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Fixed maturities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. governmental securities

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

990

 

 

$

 

 

$

990

 

 

$

 

Corporate debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,959

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

1,959

 

 

 

44

 

Other debt securities

 

 

405

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

405

 

 

 

28

 

Total fixed maturities

 

 

405

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

2,949

 

 

 

44

 

 

 

3,354

 

 

 

72

 

Mutual funds—debt securities

 

 

600

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

600

 

 

 

9

 

Mutual funds—equity securities

 

 

288

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

288

 

 

 

7

 

Other investment funds

 

 

74,885

 

 

 

10,813

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

74,885

 

 

 

10,813

 

Equity securities

 

 

45

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

19

 

Total

 

$

76,223

 

 

$

10,861

 

 

$

2,968

 

 

$

59

 

 

$

79,191

 

 

$

10,920

 

For all securities in an unrealized loss position, the Company evaluated the severity of the impairment and length of time that a security has been in a loss position and concluded the decline in fair value below the asset’s cost was temporary in nature. In addition, the Company is not aware of any circumstances that would prevent the future market value recovery for these securities.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Trust Assets

The Company assesses its perpetual care trust assets for other-than-temporary declines in fair value on a quarterly basis. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company determined that there were 6 securities with an aggregate cost basis of approximately $84,000 and an aggregate fair value of approximately $30,000, resulting in an impairment of $54,000, with such impairment considered to be other-than-temporary. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company determined that there were 49 securities with an aggregate cost basis of approximately $63.6 million and an aggregate fair value of approximately $48.9 million, resulting in an impairment of $14.7 million, with such impairment considered to be other-than-temporary. Accordingly, the Company adjusted the cost basis of these assets to their current value with the offset going against the liability for perpetual care trust corpus in its consolidated balance sheet.

Impairment of Direct Loans

On a quarterly basis, the perpetual care trusts evaluate the carrying value of each direct loan for impairment. A direct loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is determined that the trusts will not be able to collect the amounts due according to the loan contract, including scheduled interest payments. This evaluation is generally based on delinquency information, an assessment of the borrower’s financial condition and the adequacy of collateral, if any. The trusts would generally place direct loans on nonaccrual status when the full and timely collection of interest or principal becomes uncertain and they are 90 days past due for interest or principal, unless the direct loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection. When placed on nonaccrual, the trusts would reverse any accrued unpaid interest receivable against interest income and amortization of any net deferred fees is suspended. Generally, the trusts would return a direct loan to accrual status when all delinquent interest and principal become current under the terms of the credit agreement and collectability of remaining principal and interest is no longer doubtful. In certain circumstances, the trusts may place a direct loan on nonaccrual status but conclude

68


 

Table of Contents

it is not impaired. The trusts may retain independent third-party valuations on such nonaccrual positions to support impairment decisions.

When the trusts identify a direct loan as impaired, they measure the impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the receivable’s effective interest rate, or the estimated fair value of the collateral, less estimated costs to sell. If it is determined that the value of an impaired receivable is less than the recorded investment, the trusts would recognize impairment with a charge to deferred revenue. When the value of the impaired loan is calculated by discounting expected cash flows, interest income would be recognized using the loan’s effective interest rate over the remaining life of the loan.

The trusts individually develop the allowance for credit losses for any identified impaired loans. In developing the allowance for credit losses, the trusts consider, among other things, the following credit quality indicators:

business characteristics and financial conditions of obligors;
current economic conditions and trends;
actual charge-off experience;
current delinquency levels;
value of underlying collateral and guarantees;
regulatory environment; and
any other relevant factors predicting investment recovery.

There were no such impairments during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

8.
INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The Company has intangible assets with finite lives recognized in connection with acquisitions and long-term lease, management and operating agreements. The Company amortizes these intangible assets over their estimated useful lives.

The following table reflects the components of intangible assets at December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Gross
Carrying
Amount

 

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

 

Net
Intangible
Assets

 

 

Gross
Carrying
Amount

 

 

Accumulated
Amortization

 

 

Net
Intangible
Assets

 

Lease and management agreements

 

$

59,758

 

 

$

(7,553

)

 

$

52,205

 

 

$

59,758

 

 

$

(6,557

)

 

$

53,201

 

Underlying contract value

 

 

2,593

 

 

 

(810

)

 

 

1,783

 

 

 

2,593

 

 

 

(745

)

 

 

1,848

 

Non-compete agreements

 

 

406

 

 

 

(406

)

 

 

 

 

 

406

 

 

 

(406

)

 

 

 

Other intangible assets

 

 

259

 

 

 

(224

)

 

 

35

 

 

 

259

 

 

 

(214

)

 

 

45

 

Total intangible assets

 

$

63,016

 

 

$

(8,993

)

 

$

54,023

 

 

$

63,016

 

 

$

(7,922

)

 

$

55,094

 

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $1.1 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The following table presents estimated amortization expense related to intangible assets with finite lives for each of the next five years (in thousands):

 

2022

 

$

1,071

 

2023

 

$

1,071

 

2024

 

$

1,071

 

2025

 

$

1,065

 

2026

 

$

1,061

 

 

69


 

Table of Contents

9.
LONG-TERM DEBT

Total debt consisted of the following as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2029

 

$

400,000

 

 

$

 

9.875%/11.500% Senior Secured PIK Toggle Notes, due June 2024

 

 

 

 

 

335,328

 

Insurance and vehicle financing

 

 

762

 

 

 

361

 

Less deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization

 

 

(10,599

)

 

 

(14,657

)

Total debt

 

 

390,163

 

 

 

321,032

 

Less current maturities

 

 

(762

)

 

 

(317

)

Total long-term debt

 

$

389,401

 

 

$

320,715

 

2029 Notes

On May 11, 2021, the Company issued $400.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2029. The gross proceeds from the sale of the 2029 Notes was $389.9 million, less advisor fees, legal fees, mortgage costs and other closing expenses. The 2029 Notes were issued pursuant to the 2029 Indenture, dated as of May 11, 2021, by and among the Company, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent (“Wilmington”). Capitalized terms that are used in this description of the 2029 Notes but not defined herein shall have the meaning assigned to such terms in the 2029 Indenture.

Proceeds from the sale of the 2029 Notes were used to fund the redemption in full of approximately $338.1 million aggregate principal amount of the 2024 Notes together with an approximately $18.5 million prepayment premium and pay fees and expenses incurred in connection with the offering. Any remaining proceeds will be used for general corporate purposes, which may include acquisitions. Upon deposit of the funds to redeem the 2024 Notes with the 2024 Trustee, the 2024 Indenture was satisfied and discharged in accordance with its terms. As a result of the satisfaction and discharge of the 2024 Indenture, the 2024 Issuers and the 2024 Guarantors, including the Company, have been released from their obligations with respect to the 2024 Indenture and the 2024 Notes, except with respect to those provisions of the 2024 Indenture that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of the 2024 Indenture.

Interest; Maturity; Issue Price

Interest on the 2029 Notes accrues at a rate of 8.5% per year, payable in cash semiannually, in arrears, on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on November 15, 2021. The Notes mature on May 15, 2029. Subject to the covenants contained in the 2029 Indenture, the Company may, without the consent of the holders of the 2029 Notes, issue additional notes under the 2029 Indenture (“Additional Notes”) having the same terms in all respects as the 2029 Notes, which shall be treated with the 2029 Notes as a single class under the 2029 Indenture. The issue price of the 2029 Notes was 100%.

Redemption

The 2029 Notes are redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, on and after May 15, 2024 at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date.

On or after May 15, 2024 and prior to May 15, 2025

 

104.250%

On or after May 15, 2025 and prior to May 15, 2026

 

102.125%

On or after May 15, 2026

 

100.000%

In addition, prior to May 15, 2024, the Company may utilize the net proceeds of one or more equity offerings to redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Notes originally issued under the 2029 Indenture, including any Additional Notes, at a redemption price of 108.500% of the principal amount of the 2029 Notes redeemed, plus any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date, provided that at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Notes (including Additional Notes) originally issued under the 2029 Indenture remain outstanding following such redemption.

70


 

Table of Contents

During each of the 12-month periods ending May 10, 2022, May 10, 2023 and May 10, 2024, respectively, the Company may redeem up to 10% of the aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Notes (including Additional Notes) originally issued under the 2029 Indenture at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount of the 2029 Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date.

Prior to May 15, 2024, the 2029 Notes are redeemable at the Company’s option, in whole or in part, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 Notes being redeemed plus an “applicable premium” (as defined in the 2029 Indenture) along with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date.

Upon the occurrence of a “change of control” (as defined in the 2029 Indenture), if the Company has not previously exercised its right to redeem all of the outstanding 2029 Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions as described above, the Company must offer to repurchase the 2029 Notes at a redemption price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the 2029 Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of repurchase.

Upon certain asset sales where the excess proceeds from all applicable asset sales exceed $10 million since the issue date of the 2029 Notes, the Company may be required in certain circumstances to make an offer to purchase 2029 Notes with the excess proceeds from such an asset sale in excess of such $10 million threshold at a price in cash equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date of purchase.

Guarantees and Collateral

The Company’s obligations under the 2029 Notes and the 2029 Indenture are jointly and severally guaranteed (the “Note Guarantees”) by each of the Company’s existing and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries, with certain exceptions, and will be guaranteed by each of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries that guarantees any future credit facility (each applicable foreign and domestic subsidiary, a “2029 Guarantor” and collectively, the “2029 Guarantors”). In connection with the Note Guarantees, the Company, the 2029 Guarantors and Wilmington entered into a Security Agreement, dated May 11, 2021 (the “Security Agreement”). Pursuant to the 2029 Indenture and the Security Agreement, the Company’s obligations under the 2029 Indenture and the 2029 Notes are secured by a lien and security interest (subject to permitted liens and security interests) in substantially all of the Company’s and the 2029 Guarantors’ existing and future property and assets, excluding certain assets which include, among others: (a) trust and other fiduciary accounts and amounts required to be deposited or held therein, (b) assets that may not be pledged as a matter of law or without governmental approvals, until such time such assets may be pledged without legal prohibition and (c) owned and leased real property that (i) may not be pledged as a matter of law or without the prior approval of any governmental authority or third person, (ii) is not operated or intended to be operated as a cemetery, crematory or funeral home or (iii) has a fair market value of less than $3.0 million.

The 2029 Notes are the Company’s senior secured obligations and the guarantees are the 2029 Guarantors’ senior secured obligations. The obligations of the Company and each 2029 Guarantor will:

rank equal in right of payment with all of the Company and each 2029 Guarantor’s existing and future senior indebtedness, including any borrowings under any future credit facility;
rank senior in right of payment to all of the Company’s and each 2029 Guarantor’s existing and future subordinated indebtedness;
be effectively senior to all of the Company’s and each 2029 Guarantor’s unsecured senior indebtedness to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the 2029 Notes and the Note Guarantees;
be contractually subordinated to the Company’s and each 2029 Guarantor’s obligations under any future credit facility permitted by the 2029 Indenture to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such credit facility and subject to the terms of any future intercreditor agreement; and
structurally subordinated to all indebtedness and other obligations of the Company’s existing and future subsidiaries that do not guarantee the 2029 Notes.

Covenants

The 2029 Indenture requires the Company and the 2029 Guarantors, as applicable, to comply with various affirmative covenants regarding, among other matters, delivery to Wilmington of financial statements and certain other information or reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

71


 

Table of Contents

The 2029 Indenture requires the Company and the 2029 Guarantors, as applicable, to comply with certain covenants including, but not limited to, covenants that, subject to certain exceptions, limit the Company’s and 2029 Guarantors’ ability to: (i) incur additional indebtedness or issue disqualified capital stock; (ii) pay dividends, redeem subordinated debt or make other restricted payments; (iii) make certain investments; (iv) create or incur certain liens; (v) issue stock of subsidiaries; (vi) enter into certain transactions with affiliates; (vii) merge, consolidate or transfer substantially all of its respective assets; (viii) agree to dividend or other payment restrictions affecting the Restricted Subsidiaries; (ix) change the business it conducts; (x) withdraw any monies or other assets from, or make any investments of, its trust funds; and (xi) transfer or sell assets, including capital stock of a Restricted Subsidiary.

Events of Default

The 2029 Indenture contains customary events of default, which could, subject to certain conditions, cause the 2029 Notes to become immediately due and payable, including, but not limited to defaults by the Company in the payment of the principal of any 2029 Notes when the same becomes due and payable at maturity, upon acceleration or redemption, or otherwise (other than pursuant to an offer to purchase by the Company) or in the payment of interest on any 2029 Notes when the same becomes due and payable, and the default continues for a period of 30 days; failure to comply with certain repurchase obligations in the 2029 Indenture and certain other covenants the 2029 Indenture relating to mergers, consolidation or sales of assets; failure to comply with certain other covenants in the 2029 Indenture beyond the applicable cure period following notice by Wilmington or the holders of at least 30% in aggregate principal amount of the 2029 Notes then outstanding; failure to pay debt within any applicable grace period after the final maturity or acceleration of such debt by the holders thereof because of a default, if the total amount of such debt unpaid or accelerated exceeds $20.0 million; failure to pay final judgments entered by a court or courts of competent jurisdiction aggregating $20.0 million or more (excluding amounts covered by insurance), which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed, for a period of 60 days; and certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company was in compliance with the covenants of the 2029 Indenture, including after taking into consideration the transactions described in Note 17 Related Parties.

Deferred Financing Costs

In connection with the full redemption of the 2024 Notes, the Company wrote off unamortized deferred financing fees of $13.1 million and original issue discount of $8.5 million, which are included in Loss on debt extinguishment in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021.

The Company incurred debt issuance costs and fees of $11.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, in connection with the issuance of the 2029 Notes, which have been deferred and are being amortized over the life of the 2029 Notes, using the effective interest method. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized $2.4 million and $3.9 million, respectively, of amortization of deferred financing fees on its various debt facilities.

10.
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

The Company is authorized to issue two classes of capital stock: common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”) and preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Preferred Stock”). At December 31, 2021, 118,290,600 shares of Common Stock were issued and outstanding and no shares of Preferred Stock were issued or outstanding. At December 31, 2021, there were 81,709,400 shares of Common Stock available for issuance, including 830,512 shares available for issuance as stock-based incentive compensation under the StoneMor Amended and Restated 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2019 Plan”), and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock available for issuance.

Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders, will have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and do not have cumulative voting rights. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company’s affairs, the holders of the Company’s Common Stock will be entitled to share ratably in the Company’s assets that are remaining after payment or provision for payment of all of the Company’s debts and obligations and after liquidation payments to and subject to any continuing participation by holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, if any.

72


 

Table of Contents

The Board is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, without further stockholder approval, to establish and to issue from time to time one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock covering up to an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock. Each class or series of Preferred Stock will cover the number of shares and will have the powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions determined by the Board, which may include, among others, dividend rights, liquidation preferences, voting rights, conversion rights, preemptive rights and redemption rights. Except as provided by law or in a preferred stock designation, the holders of Preferred Stock will not be entitled to vote at or receive notice of any meeting of stockholders.

11.
LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

The 2019 Plan, which was approved by the Company’s stockholders at the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, permits the granting of awards covering a total of 9,875,000 common units of the Company. A “unit” under the 2019 Plan is defined as a common unit of the Company and such other securities as may be substituted or resubstituted for common units of the Company, including but not limited to shares of the Company’s Common Stock. The 2019 Plan is intended to promote the interests of the Company by providing to employees, consultants and directors of the Company incentive compensation awards to encourage superior performance and enhance the Company’s ability to attract and retain the services of individuals who are essential for its growth and profitability and to encourage them to devote their best efforts to advancing the Company’s business.

Stock Options

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 6,075,000 stock options outstanding with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.27 per share, all of which were expected to vest. The Company did not grant any stock options and no options were exercised, forfeited or expired during the year ended December 31, 2021. The option awards vest in three equal annual installments on the anniversary of the grant date (or first business day thereafter), provided that the recipient remains employed by the Company. The Company measured the grant-date fair values of the options utilizing the Black-Scholes model and recognizes stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the weighted-average service period, which is expected to be three years. The option awards expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant.

At December 31, 2021, there were 3,783,325 stock options exercisable with a weighted-average exercise price of $1.24 per share. At December 31, 2021, the aggregate intrinsic value of total options outstanding and expected to vest was $6.2 million and the weighted-average remaining contractual term was 8.1 years. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercisable at December 31, 2021 was $3.9 million. The total fair value of options vested during the year ended December 31, 2021 was $0.7 million.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, non-cash compensation expense related to stock options was $0.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2021, total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested stock options was $0.8 million, which the Company expects to recognize over the remaining weighted-average period of 1.3 years.

Assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock options granted are summarized below:

 

 

2020

 

Valuation assumptions:

 

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

0.50

%

Expected volatility

 

 

31.15

%

Expected term (years)

 

 

6.0

 

Exercise price per stock option

 

$

1.71

 

Expected dividend yield

 

None

 

Restricted Stock and Restricted Phantom Stock

On December 3, 2020, the Compensation Committee approved the granting of 800,000 shares of restricted common stock to employees of the Company, including certain members of senior management. The restricted stock awards vest in three equal annual installments on the anniversary of the grant date (or first business day thereafter), provided that the recipient remains employed by the Company.

Restricted phantom stock awards represent contingent rights to receive a common share or an amount of cash, or a combination of both, based upon the value of a common share. Phantom shares become payable, in cash or common stock, at the Company’s election, upon the separation of the holder from service or upon the occurrence of certain other events specified in the 2019 Plan

73


 

Table of Contents

or the underlying agreements. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company granted 49,852 restricted phantom shares to directors.

A rollforward of restricted stock and phantom stock awards as of December 31, 2021 is as follows:

 

 

Number of Restricted Stock and Phantom Stock Awards

 

 

Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value ($)

 

Total non-vested at December 31, 2020

 

 

1,277,907

 

 

 

2.17

 

Granted

 

 

49,852

 

 

 

2.41

 

Vested

 

 

(454,159

)

 

 

2.61

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total non-vested at December 31, 2021

 

 

873,600

 

 

 

1.95

 

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized $1.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively, of non-cash compensation expense related to restricted stock and phantom stock awards into earnings. As of December 31, 2021, total unamortized compensation cost related to unvested restricted stock awards was $1.2 million, which the Company expects to recognize over the remaining weighted-average period of 1.5 years.

12.
INCOME TAXES

Income tax benefit from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Current provision:

 

 

 

 

 

 

State

 

$

(65

)

 

$

(60

)

Federal

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign

 

 

(343

)

 

 

25

 

Total

 

 

(408

)

 

 

(35

)

Deferred provision:

 

 

 

 

 

 

State

 

 

3,147

 

 

 

(62

)

Federal

 

 

15,482

 

 

 

4,856

 

Foreign

 

 

149

 

 

 

96

 

Total

 

 

18,778

 

 

 

4,890

 

Total income tax benefit

 

$

18,370

 

 

$

4,855

 

A reconciliation of the federal statutory tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

U.S. statutory income tax rate

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

21.0

%

State and local taxes, net of federal income tax benefit

 

 

3.0

%

 

 

0.1

%

Tax exempt (income) loss

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

(2.1

)%

Valuation allowance

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

7.0

%

Divestiture impact on valuation allowance

 

 

%

 

 

(14.4

)%

Permanent differences

 

 

(0.5

)%

 

 

(0.1

)%

Effective tax rate

 

 

24.4

%

 

 

11.5

%

During 2020, the Company received a benefit for federal purposes associated with filing a consolidated return which allows income and losses to be offset among the members of the affiliated group. During 2021, the effective tax rate increased due to net operating losses and benefits from deferred tax assets associated with recognizing revenue more rapidly for tax purposes than for financial statement purposes. The primary deferred liabilities in both 2020 and 2021 will reverse over the lives of the various cemeteries, which range from an average 100 to 300 years.

74


 

Table of Contents

The components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

$

10,619

 

 

$

15,780

 

State net operating loss

 

 

33,809

 

 

 

26,015

 

Federal net operating loss

 

 

100,093

 

 

 

86,651

 

Foreign net operating loss

 

 

4,604

 

 

 

9,171

 

Other

 

 

17

 

 

 

51

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(101,447

)

 

 

(101,629

)

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

47,695

 

 

 

36,039

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

31,423

 

 

 

30,880

 

Deferred revenue related to future revenues and accounts receivable

 

 

21,725

 

 

 

29,480

 

Deferred revenue related to cemetery property

 

 

5,404

 

 

 

5,322

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

58,552

 

 

 

65,682

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

$

10,857

 

 

$

29,643

 

Net deferred tax assets and liabilities were classified on the consolidated balance sheets as follows (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Deferred tax assets

 

$

21

 

 

$

9

 

Noncurrent assets

 

 

21

 

 

 

9

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

47,674

 

 

 

36,030

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

58,552

 

 

 

65,682

 

Noncurrent liabilities

 

 

10,878

 

 

 

29,652

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

$

10,857

 

 

$

29,643

 

 

At December 31, 2021, the Company had available approximately $17,000 of alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards and approximately $477.0 million and $618.0 million of federal and state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards, respectively, a portion of which expires annually.

Management periodically evaluates all evidence both positive and negative in determining whether a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying value of deferred tax assets is required. The vast majority of the Company’s taxable subsidiaries continue to accumulate deferred tax assets that on a more likely than not basis will not be realized. A full valuation allowance continues to be maintained on these taxable subsidiaries. Along with other previous transfers of the Company’s interests, the Company believes the Recapitalization Transactions in June 2019 caused a “change of control” for income tax purposes, which significantly limits the Company’s ability to use NOLs and certain other tax assets to offset future taxable income.

At December 31, 2021, based on the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believed it was more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences. The amount of deferred tax assets considered realizable could be reduced in the future if estimates of future taxable income during the carryforward period are reduced.

In accordance with applicable accounting standards, the Company recognizes only the impact of income tax positions that, based upon their merits, are more likely than not to be sustained upon audit by a taxing authority. To evaluate its current tax positions in order to identify any material uncertain tax positions, the Company developed a policy of identifying and evaluating uncertain tax positions that considers support for each tax position, industry standards, tax return disclosures and schedules and the significance of each position. It is the Company’s policy to recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense in the consolidated statements of operations. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had no material uncertain tax positions.

The Company is not currently under tax examination by any federal jurisdictions or state income tax jurisdictions. In general, the federal statute of limitations and certain state statutes of limitations are open from 2016 forward. For entities with net operating loss carryovers the statute of limitations is extended to 2013 to the extent of the net operating loss carryover.

75


 

Table of Contents

13.
DEFERRED REVENUES AND COSTS

The Company defers revenues and all direct costs associated with the sale of pre-need cemetery merchandise and services until the merchandise is delivered or the services are performed. The Company recognizes deferred merchandise and service revenues as customer contract liabilities within long-term liabilities on its consolidated balance sheets. The Company recognizes deferred direct costs associated with pre-need cemetery merchandise and service revenues as deferred selling and obtaining costs within long-term assets on its consolidated balance sheets. The Company also defers the costs to obtain new pre-need cemetery and new prearranged funeral business as well as the investment earnings on the prearranged services and merchandise trusts. Such costs are recognized when the associated performance obligation is fulfilled based upon the net change in the customer contract liabilities. All other selling costs are expensed as incurred. Additionally, the Company has elected the practical expedient to expense incremental costs to obtain a contract as incurred, as the associated amortization period is typically one year or less.

Deferred revenues and related costs consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred contract revenues

 

$

880,290

 

 

$

832,373

 

Deferred merchandise trust revenue

 

 

150,368

 

 

 

87,218

 

Deferred merchandise trust unrealized gains (losses)

 

 

25,602

 

 

 

29,573

 

Deferred revenues

 

$

1,056,260

 

 

$

949,164

 

Deferred selling and obtaining costs

 

$

124,023

 

 

$

116,900

 

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized $67.5 million and $60.1 million, respectively, of the customer contract liabilities balance that existed at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, as revenue.

The components of the customer contract liabilities, net in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer contract liabilities, gross

 

$

1,082,970

 

 

$

973,444

 

Amounts due from customers for unfulfilled performance obligations on
   cancellable pre-need contracts

 

 

(26,710

)

 

 

(24,280

)

Customer contract liabilities, net

 

$

1,056,260

 

 

$

949,164

 

The Company expects to service approximately 55% of its deferred revenue that existed at December 31, 2021 and 2020 in the first 4-5 years and approximately 80% of its deferred revenue that existed at December 31, 2021 and 2020 within 18 years. The Company cannot estimate the period when it expects its remaining performance obligations will be recognized, because certain performance obligations will only be satisfied at the time of death.

14.
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal

The Company is subject to state law claims that certain of its officers and directors breached their fiduciary duties, as well as a claim under federal law that certain of the Company’s prior proxy disclosures were misleading. The Company could also become subject to additional claims and legal proceedings relating to the factual allegations made in these actions. While management cannot reasonably estimate the potential exposure in these matters at this time, if we do not prevail in any such proceedings, we could be required to pay substantial damages or settlement costs, subject to certain insurance coverages. Management has determined that, based on the status of the claims and legal proceedings described below, the amount of the potential losses cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. These actions are summarized below.

Bunim v. Miller, et al., No. 2:17-cv-519-ER, pending in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, and filed on February 6, 2017. The plaintiff in this case brought, derivatively on behalf of the Partnership, claims that the officers and directors of StoneMor GP LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (“StoneMor GP”) aided and abetted in breaches of StoneMor GP’s purported fiduciary duties by, among other things and in general, allegedly making misrepresentations through the use of non-GAAP accounting standards in the Partnership’s public filings, by allegedly failing to clearly disclose the use of proceeds from debt and equity offerings, and by allegedly approving unsustainable distributions. The plaintiff also claims that these actions and misrepresentations give rise to

76


 

Table of Contents

causes of action for gross mismanagement, unjust enrichment, and (in connection with a purportedly misleading proxy statement filed in 2014) violations of Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act. The derivative plaintiff seeks an award of damages, attorneys’ fees and costs in favor of the Partnership as nominal plaintiff, as well as general compliance and governance changes. This case has been stayed, by the agreement of the parties, provided that either party may terminate the stay on 30 days’ notice.
Fried v. Axelrod, et al., C.A. No. 2020-1065-SG, pending in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware and filed on December 16, 2020. The plaintiff in this case brought an action he seeks to have certified as a class action that asserts claims against Axar, Andrew M. Axelrod and the other individuals who were directors at the time of the transactions in question and against the Company as a nominal defendant. The complaint includes direct claims against all individual defendants and derivative claims against the individual defendants other than Mr. Axelrod for breach of fiduciary duty in approving certain transactions in connection with the Company’s sale of preferred and common stock to Axar and certain accounts managed by Axar (the “Axar Stock Purchase”). The complaint also includes derivative claims against Axar for breach of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment in connection with those same transactions as well as direct claims against both Axar and Mr. Axelrod for breach of fiduciary duty with respect to those transactions. Finally, the complaint includes a derivative claim against all individual defendants for breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the approval of a related-party investment disclosed by the Company. The plaintiff seeks rescission of the transactions contemplated by the Axar Stock Purchase and the related-party investment and/or an award of damages as well as attorneys’ fees and costs. On January 6, 2021, a motion to dismiss the complaint was filed on behalf of the Company and the individual defendants other than Mr. Axelrod and on January 11, 2021, a motion to dismiss the complaint was filed on behalf of Axar and Mr. Axelrod. On April 2, 2021, the plaintiff filed a First Amended Complaint, which included additional factual background regarding the plaintiff’s claims and alleged demand futility, but did not add additional defendants, claims or relief sought. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss the First Amended Complaint on April 16, 2021. Thereafter, the plaintiff and defendants filed a joint stipulation to stay the Fried litigation. On December 9, 2021, this action was consolidated with the Titterton action filed in November 2021 and described below.
Titterton v. StoneMor Inc., C.A. No.: 2021-0259-PAF, pending in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and filed on March 25, 2021. The plaintiff in this case brought an action seeking expedited relief under Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The plaintiff had previously made a demand for inspection of certain books and records of the Company allegedly related to potential corporate misconduct. The Company responded to the request by rejecting plaintiff’s demand as deficient under Delaware law for failure to state a proper purpose and being overbroad, but nonetheless provided certain of the requested materials. After the plaintiff made a further demand for inspection in March 2021, the Company again rejected the demand as deficient under Delaware law for failure to state a proper purpose and being overbroad. The plaintiff then brought this action seeking an order to compel additional books and records and reimbursement of attorney’s fees. On April 19, 2021, the Company filed its answer to the complaint. Trial was held on July 21, 2021, after which the Court issued an order permitting the requested inspection, in part, but denied the plaintiff’s request for attorneys’ fees. The Company has produced the requested materials and on November 23, 2021, the parties stipulated to dismissal of this action.
Titterton v. StoneMor Inc., C.A. No.: 2021-1028-SG, pending in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and filed on November 24, 2021. The plaintiff in this case brought a derivative action that asserts claims against Axar, Andrew M. Axelrod and the other individuals who were directors at the time of the transactions in question and against the Company as a nominal defendant. On December 9, 2021, the Fried action was consolidated with this action, with Titterton and Fried appointed as lead plaintiffs. On December 27, 2021, a motion to dismiss plaintiffs’ complaint was filed on behalf of the Company and the individual defendants other than Mr. Axelrod and on December 28, 2021, a motion to dismiss the complaint was filed on behalf of Axar and Mr. Axelrod. On February 4, 2022, all defendants filed their briefs in support of their motions to dismiss. The plaintiffs subsequently filed an amended complaint on March 11, 2022. The amended complaint includes derivative claims against the individual defendants, Mr. Axelrod, and Axar for breach of fiduciary duty in approving certain transactions in connection with the Company’s sale of preferred and common stock to Axar and certain accounts managed by Axar (the “Axar Stock Purchase”), as well as for breach of fiduciary duty in connection with the approval of a related-party investment disclosed by the Company. The amended complaint also includes claims against Mr. Axelrod and Axar for unjust enrichment with respect to those same transactions. The plaintiffs seek rescission of the transactions contemplated by the Axar Stock Purchase and the related-party investment and/or an award of damages as well as attorneys’ fees and costs. On March 25, 2022, the defendants filed motions to dismiss the amended complaint.

The Company is party to other legal proceedings in the ordinary course of its business, but does not believe it is reasonably possible that the outcome of any proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on its financial

77


 

Table of Contents

position, results of operations or cash flows. The Company carries insurance with coverage and coverage limits that it believes to be customary in the cemetery and funeral home industry. Although there can be no assurance that such insurance will be sufficient to protect the Company against all contingencies, Management believes that the insurance protection is reasonable in view of the nature and scope of the Company’s operations.

Moon Landscaping, Inc.

On April 2, 2020, the Company entered into two multi-year Master Services Agreements (the “MSAs”) with Moon Landscaping, Inc. and its affiliate, Rickert Landscaping, Inc. (collectively “Moon”) to outsource grounds and maintenance services at most of the Company’s funeral homes and cemeteries. Due to certain liquidity constraints and performance issues experienced by Moon, the Company exercised its right under the MSAs to take back the responsibility for grounds and maintenance services at the locations outsourced to Moon with respect to 81 locations effective July 1, 2021, 22 locations effective August 1, 2021, 111 locations effective August 9, 2021, 34 locations effective November 15, 2021 and the remaining locations effective January 7, 2022.

Archdiocese of Philadelphia

In May 2014, the Company entered into lease and management agreements with the Archdiocese of Philadelphia, pursuant to which the Company has committed to pay aggregate fixed rent of $36.0 million in the following amounts:

 

Lease Years 6-20 (June 1, 2019-May 31, 2034)

 

$1,000,000 per Lease Year

Lease Years 21-25 (June 1, 2034-May 31, 2039)

 

$1,200,000 per Lease Year

Lease Years 26-35 (June 1, 2039-May 31, 2049)

 

$1,500,000 per Lease Year

Lease Years 36-60 (June 1, 2049-May 31, 2074)

 

None

The fixed rent for lease years six through 11, an aggregate of $6.0 million, is deferred. If prior to May 31, 2025, the Archdiocese terminates the agreements in accordance with their terms during lease year 11 or the Company terminates the agreements as a result of a default by the Archdiocese, the Company is entitled to retain the deferred fixed rent. If the agreements are not terminated, the deferred fixed rent will become due and payable on or before June 30, 2025.

Defined Contribution Plan

The Company has a defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, (the “401k Plan”), for its U.S. employees. The Plan allows all eligible employees to defer up to 75 percent of their income on a pretax basis through contributions to the 401k Plan, subject to limitations under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Beginning in April 2021, the Company provides a matching contribution of 25 percent of the first three percent of an employee’s contribution. The Company also has a similar type plan for its Puerto Rico employees. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the charge to operations for these benefits was $0.5 million.

15.
LEASES

The Company leases a variety of assets throughout its organization, such as office space, funeral homes, warehouses and equipment. In addition the Company has a sale-leaseback related to one of its warehouses. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, and the Company recognizes lease expense for these leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For lease agreements with an initial term of more than 12 months, the Company measures the lease liability at the present value of the sum of the remaining minimum rental payments, which exclude executory costs.

Certain leases provide the Company with the option to renew for additional periods, with renewal terms that can extend the lease term for periods ranging from 1 to 30 years. The exercise of lease renewal options is at the Company’s sole discretion, and the Company is only including the renewal option in the lease term when the Company can be reasonably certain that it will exercise the renewal options. The Company does have residual value guarantees on the finance leases for its vehicles, but no residual guarantees on any of its operating leases.

Certain of the Company’s leases have variable payments with annual escalations based on the proportion by which the consumer price index (“CPI”) for all urban consumers increased over the CPI index for the prior comparative year.

78


 

Table of Contents

The Company has the following balances recorded on its consolidated balance sheets related to leases (in thousands):

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

$

5,944

 

 

$

5,171

 

Finance

 

 

3,343

 

 

 

4,296

 

Total ROU assets(1)

 

$

9,287

 

 

$

9,467

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

$

1,103

 

 

$

1,182

 

Finance

 

 

1,859

 

 

 

1,416

 

Long-term

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

 

4,969

 

 

 

3,441

 

Finance

 

 

1,035

 

 

 

2,592

 

Total lease liabilities(2)

 

$

8,966

 

 

$

8,631

 

(1)
The Company’s ROU operating assets and finance assets are presented within Other assets and Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, respectively, in its consolidated balance sheet.
(2)
The Company’s current and long-term lease liabilities are presented within Accounts payable and accrued liabilities and Other long-term liabilities, respectively, in its consolidated balance sheet.

As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate, based on the information available at commencement date, in determining the present value of lease payments. The Company used the incremental borrowing rate on January 1, 2019 for operating leases that commenced prior to that date. The weighted average borrowing rates for operating and finance leases were 10.0% and 8.7%, respectively as of December 31, 2021.

The components of lease expense were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Lease cost

Classification

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease costs(1)

General and administrative expense

$

2,168

 

 

$

2,967

 

Finance lease costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of leased assets

Depreciation and Amortization

 

1,101

 

 

 

1,215

 

Interest on lease liabilities

Interest expense

 

337

 

 

 

421

 

Short-term lease costs(2)

General and administrative expense

 

 

 

 

 

Net Lease costs

 

$

3,606

 

 

$

4,603

 

(1)
The Company includes its variable lease costs under operating lease costs as these variable lease costs are immaterial.
(2)
The Company does not have any short-term leases with lease terms greater than one month.

Maturities of the Company’s lease liabilities as of December 31, 2021 were as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,

 

Operating

 

 

Finance

 

2022

 

$

1,661

 

 

$

2,099

 

2023

 

 

1,460

 

 

 

780

 

2024

 

 

1,223

 

 

 

168

 

2025

 

 

1,111

 

 

 

95

 

2026

 

 

1,086

 

 

 

100

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,498

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

8,039

 

 

 

3,242

 

Less: Interest

 

 

(1,967

)

 

 

(348

)

Present value of lease liabilities

 

$

6,072

 

 

$

2,894

 

 

79


 

Table of Contents

Maturities of the Company’s lease liabilities as of as of December 31, 2020 were as follows (in thousands):

Year ending December 31,

 

Operating

 

 

Finance

 

2021

 

$

1,615

 

 

$

1,791

 

2022

 

 

1,186

 

 

 

1,939

 

2023

 

 

881

 

 

 

643

 

2024

 

 

702

 

 

 

107

 

2025

 

 

595

 

 

 

33

 

Thereafter

 

 

1,092

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

6,071

 

 

 

4,513

 

Less: Interest

 

 

(1,448

)

 

 

(505

)

Present value of lease liabilities

 

$

4,623

 

 

$

4,008

 

 

Operating and finance lease payments include $0.7 million related to options to extend lease terms that are reasonably certain of being exercised and $1.5 million related to residual value guarantees. The weighted-average remaining lease term for the Company’s operating and finance leases was 5.6 years and 1.6 years, respectively, as of December 31, 2021.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had no additional operating leases that had not yet commenced and no lease transactions with its related parties. In addition, as of December 31, 2021, the Company had not entered into any new sale-leaseback arrangements.

16.
FAIR VALUE

Management has established a hierarchy to classify the inputs used to measure the Company’s financial instruments at fair value, pursuant to which the Company is required to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Observable inputs represent market data obtained from independent sources; whereas, unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own market assumptions, which are used if observable inputs are not reasonably available without undue cost and effort. The hierarchy defines three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset and liability or can be corroborated with observable market data for substantially the same contractual term of the asset or liability.
Level 3 – Unobservable inputs based on the entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in the pricing of the asset or liability and are consequently not based on market activity but rather through particular valuation techniques.

The carrying value of the Company’s current assets and current liabilities on its consolidated balance sheets approximated or equaled their estimated fair values due to their short-term nature or imputed interest rates.

Recurring Fair Value Measurement

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the two financial instruments measured by the Company at fair value on a recurring basis were its merchandise and perpetual care trusts, which consist of investments in debt and equity marketable securities and cash equivalents that are carried at fair value and are classified as either Level 1 or Level 2. For further details, see Note 6 Merchandise Trusts and Note 7 Perpetual Care Trusts.

Where quoted prices are available in an active market, securities are classified as Level 1 investments pursuant to the fair value measurement hierarchy. Where quoted market prices are not available for the specific security, fair values are estimated by using either quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics or an income approach fair value model with observable inputs that include a combination of interest rates, yield curves, credit risks, prepayment speeds, rating and tax-exempt status. These securities are classified as Level 2 investments pursuant to the fair value measurements hierarchy. Certain investments in the merchandise and perpetual care trusts are excluded from the fair value leveling hierarchy in accordance with GAAP. These funds are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share practical expedient and have not been categorized in the fair value hierarchy.

80


 

Table of Contents

Non-Recurring Fair Value Measurement

The Company may be required to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value, such as its indefinite-lived assets and long-lived assets, on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP from time to time. These adjustments to fair value usually result from impairment charges. As of December 31, 2021, the Company adjusted the fair value of one of its funeral homes sold in 2021 to mark it down to the selling price which was lower than the carrying value of the funeral home on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2020, the Company adjusted the fair value of one of its cemeteries and one of its funeral homes sold in 2020 to mark them down to the selling prices which were lower than the carrying value of the funeral homes on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As the Company’s determination of the fair value of these assets were based on the quoted prices the Company received from the sellers, these assets held for sale were classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2021 consisted of its 2029 Notes and at December 31, 2020 consisted of its 2024 Notes (see Note 9 Long-Term Debt). These financial instruments are classified as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy, as their fair value measurement is based on quoted market prices, obtained from Bloomberg, specific to the Company’s outstanding borrowings. At December 31, 2021, the estimated fair value of the 2029 Notes was $413.5 million, based on trades made on that date, compared with the carrying amount of $400.0 million. At December 31, 2020, the estimated fair value of the 2024 Notes was $350.2 million, based on trades made on that date, compared with the carrying amount of $344.8 million.

Credit and Market Risk

The Company’s financial instruments exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of its cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, merchandise trusts and perpetual care trusts.

The Company’s cash balances on deposit with financial institutions totaled $83.9 million and $39.2 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, which exceeded Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limits. The Company regularly monitors these institutions’ financial condition.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the majority of the Company’s trade receivables were long-term trade account receivables, which typically consisted of interest-bearing installment contracts not to exceed 60 months. Significant customers are those that individually account for greater than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenue or total accounts receivable. Due to the inherent nature of the Company’s business and consumer make-up, there were no customers whose trade receivables with the Company represented more than 10% of the Company’s total accounts receivable as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. The Company mitigates the credit risk associated with its long-term trade account receivables by performing credit evaluations and monitoring the payment patterns of its customers. Management continually evaluates customer receivables for impairment based on historical experience, including the age of the receivables and the customers’ payment pattern. The Company has a process in place to collect all receivables within 30 to 60 days of aging. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $5.8 million and $5.7 million, respectively, in allowance for doubtful accounts, based on historical cancellation rate trends. The Company wrote off $6.2 million and $6.3 million in bad debts during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

The Company’s merchandise and perpetual care trusts are invested in assets, such as individual equity securities and closed and open-ended mutual funds, with the primary objective of maximizing income and distributable cash flow for trust distributions, while maintaining an acceptable level of risk. Certain asset classes in which the Company invests for the purpose of maximizing yield are subject to an increased market risk. This increased market risk creates volatility in the unrealized gains and losses of the trust assets from period to period.

The Company purchases comprehensive general liability, professional liability, automobile liability and workers’ compensation insurance coverages structured with high deductibles. While these high-deductible insurance programs mean the Company is primarily self-insured for claims and associated costs and losses covered by these policies, it is possible that insurers could seek to avoid or be financially unable to meet their obligations under, or a court may decline to enforce such provisions of, the Company’s insurance programs.

81


 

Table of Contents

17.
RELATED PARTIES

In January 2020, the Company’s trusts completed the purchase of a $30 million participation in a new $70 million debt facility issued by a discount shoe retailer (the “Shoe Retailer”). Funds and accounts affiliated with Axar also invested $20 million in this facility. The investment was initially proposed by the Chairman of the Board, Mr. Axelrod. The investment was reviewed and approved in December 2019 in accordance with the Partnership’s governance policies in place at that time. At the time of the investment, the funds and accounts affiliated with Axar owned approximately 30% of the equity of the Shoe Retailer, and Mr. Axelrod served on the Shoe Retailer’s board of directors. The Company’s investment in the Shoe Retailer represented approximately 4% of the total fair market value of the Company’s trust assets when the investment was made.

As of December 31, 2021, Axar beneficially owned 74.9% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, which constituted a majority of the Company’s outstanding common stock. As a result, the Company is a “controlled company” within the meaning of NYSE corporate governance standards.

On February 1, 2021, Cornerstone Trust Management Services LLC (“Cornerstone”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a Subadvisor Agreement (the “Agreement”) with Axar. The sole member of Axar’s general partner is Andrew M. Axelrod, who serves as the Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors. In connection with the execution of the Agreement, Mr. Axelrod resigned as a member of the Trust and Compliance Committee (the “Trust Committee”) of the Board.

Pursuant to the charter of the Trust Committee, the retention of Axar as a subadvisor and the Agreement were first reviewed and approved by the Trust Committee, subject to the condition that the retention of Axar and the Agreement also be approved by a Board committee comprised exclusively of independent directors. Given the Axar relationship, the Board appointed a special committee to review the retention of Axar and the Agreement, which subsequently also approved the retention of Axar and the terms of the Agreement. Both the Trust Committee and the special committee concluded that Axar had the appropriate experience and performance record that would assist Cornerstone in performing its investment advisory obligations for the Company, that the retention of Axar would provide back-office operational efficiencies to Cornerstone and that the financial terms were at least as favorable to Cornerstone as the terms that would be available from other unaffiliated subadvisors, if not more favorable.

Under the terms of the Agreement, Axar agreed to provide the following services with respect to the assets held in the Company’s merchandise and perpetual care trust (the “Trusts”) and certain pooled investment vehicles administered by the trustee of the Trusts (the “Trustee”) in which certain of the Trusts participate or invest (collectively, the “Investment Assets”):

Advise Cornerstone with respect to the allocation and investment of the Investment Assets on a non-discretionary basis, including providing advice concerning portfolio allocation among investment strategies;
Oversee other subcontractors or external managers engaged by Cornerstone to provide advice with respect to the Investment Assets;
Provide quarterly investment performance reports to and meet on a quarterly basis with the Trust Committee;
As requested by Cornerstone from time to time, perform the tasks and responsibilities delegated by the Trust Committee to Cornerstone under the Company’s investment policy statement; and
As requested by Cornerstone, assist Cornerstone in performing its duties by providing general back office and administrative support to Cornerstone and, at Cornerstone’s reasonable request, the Trustee.

Under the Agreement, Axar is entitled to a quarterly fee equal to 0.0125% of the value of the Investment Assets through December 31, 2021 and, thereafter, a quarterly fee equal to 0.025% of the value of the Investment Assets. In each case, the value of the Investment Assets will be determined by the Trustee. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company incurred fees of $384,000 due to Axar. Mr. Axelrod also serves at the discretion of the Trusts as a director of a children’s retailer in which the Trusts hold an equity interest, for which he receives annual director fees from that company of $80,000. Mr. Axelrod also serves as director of a Nevada company in which the Trusts hold an equity interest, for which he receives annual director fees from that company of $75,000. In addition, he and an additional Axar employee serve as directors of the Shoe Retailer, for which each of them receives annual director fees from the Shoe Retailer of $100,000.

The initial term of the Agreement is through December 31, 2021 and it automatically renews for an unlimited number of one-year terms thereafter, provided that either party may terminate the Agreement on 90 days’ prior written notice. The Agreement also includes customary confidentiality and indemnification provisions.

On April 13, 2021, the Company reimbursed American Infrastructure Funds LLC (“AIM”), an entity controlled by Robert B. Hellman, Jr., a former Chairman and member of the Company's Board of Directors, $0.6 million for certain expenses incurred

82


 

Table of Contents

by AIM in responding to a document production request from the SEC in connection with an SEC investigation of the Company and StoneMor GP that was settled in December 2019.

The Company is a party to a Nomination and Director Voting Agreement dated as of September 17, 2018 (as amended on February 4, 2019, June 27, 2019, November 3, 2020 and November 20, 2020, the “DVA”) with Axar, certain funds and managed accounts for which it serves as investment manager and its general partner, Axar GP, LLC (collectively, the “Axar Entities”), StoneMor GP Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and formerly the sole member of StoneMor GP (“GP Holdings”), and Robert B. Hellman, Jr., as trustee under the Voting and Investment Trust Agreement for the benefit of American Cemeteries Infrastructure Investors LLC (“ACII” and, collectively with GP Holdings, the “ACII Entities”). Under the DVA, and subject to certain conditions and exceptions, the Axar Entities and their affiliates are prohibited from acquiring additional shares of the Company’s Common Stock. On April 13, 2021, the Axar Entities, the ACII Entities and the Company entered into a letter agreement (the “Waiver”) pursuant to which the Axar Entities were permitted to acquire some or all of the shares of the Company’s Common Stock held by ACII and its affiliates in a single privately negotiated transaction and not in the open market. The terms of the Waiver were approved by the Conflicts Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. The waiver was subject to the following conditions:

any such purchase be consummated on or before May 31, 2021;
the Company, the Axar Entities and the ACII Entities have entered into a further amendment to the DVA to clarify that the standstill period applicable to the Axar Entities will expire on December 31, 2023;
Axar will vote or direct the voting of all shares of the Company’s Common Stock it beneficially owns in favor of amendments to Article VIII of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “Charter”) relating to amendments of the Company’s Bylaws and Article X of the Charter with respect to any amendment or repeal of Article V, Article VI(c), Article VII(a)-(d), Article VIII, Article X or Article XI of the Charter to increase the required stockholder approval required thereunder from “at least sixty six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%)” to “at least eighty-five percent (85%) (collectively, the “Supermajority Provisions”);” and
pending the effectiveness of such amendment to Article VIII and Article X of the Charter, Axar would not vote or direct the voting of any shares of the Company’s Common Stock in favor of any proposal to which the Supermajority Provisions are applicable unless such proposal has been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and its Conflicts Committee.

As contemplated by the Waiver, on April 13, 2021, the Company, the Axar Entities and the ACII Entities also entered into the Fifth Amendment to the DVA pursuant to which the parties clarified that the standstill period applicable to the Axar Entities thereunder would expire on December 31, 2023.

On September 27, 2021, the Company announced that it had received the Letter dated September 22, 2021 from Axar in which Axar expressed an interest in pursuing discussions concerning strategic alternatives that may be beneficial to the Company and its various stakeholders. Axar has engaged Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP as its legal advisor and stated in the Letter that it would engage a financial advisor at the appropriate time. According to the Letter, Axar expected that any such discussions would be conducted with a special committee of the Board, assisted by financial and legal advisors engaged by such committee. The Letter also stated that any transaction involving Axar arising from such discussions would be conditioned upon, among other things, approval of the special committee and the Board, the negotiation and execution of mutually satisfactory definitive agreements and customary terms. The Letter also stated that any transaction structured as a take-private transaction would be subject to a closing condition that the approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares not owned by Axar or its affiliates be obtained. On September 26, 2021, the Board authorized its Conflicts Committee, which is comprised of independent directors Stephen J. Negrotti, Kevin Patrick and Patricia Wellenbach, to engage in the discussions contemplated by the Letter, including the authority to engage in discussions concerning and to negotiate the terms and provisions of any strategic alternative the Conflicts Committee determines to be appropriate in connection with such discussions. Under its charter, the Conflicts Committee has the authority to reject, approve or recommend that the Board approve any transaction that is a related party transaction, which would include any transaction to which Axar is a party. The Conflicts Committee has retained independent legal and financial advisors to assist in such discussions. Following receipt of the Letter and until recently, the Conflicts Committee and its counsel had engaged in discussions with Axar and Axar’s counsel, which evolved to focus on a potential offer by Axar to acquire the shares of the Company that are not owned by Axar or its affiliates. While these negotiations had been productive, the Conflicts Committee and Axar had not come to agreement on any price that Axar would pay for such shares or on certain other terms of any transaction, and there can be no assurance that any agreement would be reached in the future. Negotiations between the Conflicts Committee and Axar were recently tabled in light of the work undertaken by the Conflicts Committee with respect to the independent review of certain investments by our trusts in which Axar had an interest. See the discussion below.

The Conflicts Committee may at any time determine to resume such negotiations, but there can be no assurance that even if such negotiations are resumed, any agreement with respect to a take-private transaction will be executed or that this or any other

83


 

Table of Contents

transaction will be approved or consummated. The Company does not undertake any obligation to provide any updates with respect to these matters except as required under applicable law.

On March 9, 2021, our trusts purchased an aggregate of 43,681,528 shares (the “Nevada Company Shares”) of common stock of a Nevada company whose primary assets now consist of cash and tax-related assets (the “Nevada Company”), representing approximately 27% of the outstanding common stock of the Nevada Company, from three private investment funds (the “Nevada Company Sellers”) for an aggregate cash purchase price of $18.0 million. Axar had originally agreed to acquire the Nevada Company Shares pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2020, among the Nevada Company Sellers and Axar (the “Nevada Company Purchase Agreement”). On February 1, 2021, pursuant to the Subadvisor Agreement described above, Axar recommended to Cornerstone that our trusts purchase the Nevada Company Shares. Pursuant to that recommendation, on February 4, 2021, Axar and our trusts entered into an Assignment and Assumption Agreement (the “Nevada Company Assignment Agreement”), pursuant to which Axar agreed to assign its rights under the Nevada Company Purchase Agreement to our trusts and our trusts agreed to assume Axar’s obligations thereunder. Axar did not receive any additional consideration from our trusts for this assignment and has represented to us that it did not receive any consideration for this assignment from any other person.

The Nevada Company Sellers and Axar entered into the Nevada Company Purchase Agreement while the Subadvisor Agreement was being finalized. Axar has informed us that it entered into the Nevada Company Purchase Agreement with the intention that our trusts would purchase the Nevada Company Shares directly from the Nevada Company Sellers. Axar has represented to Cornerstone that it is not, and at the time it entered into the Nevada Company Purchase Agreement was not, affiliated with any of the Nevada Company Sellers and did not control and was not an affiliate of Nevada Company at the time it executed the Nevada Company Purchase Agreement or when our trusts purchased the Nevada Company Shares. Axar has recently represented to us that, at the time the Nevada Company Purchase Agreement was signed and at all times thereafter until our trusts completed their purchase of the Nevada Company Shares, funds and accounts affiliated with Axar owned approximately 13.8% of Nevada Company’s outstanding common stock, and that Andrew Axelrod was elected to the board of directors of the Nevada Company on December 31, 2020. However, although Axar as a subadvisor to Cornerstone was obligated to disclose any conflicts of interest with respect to its recommendations, neither of these facts was disclosed to Cornerstone at the time Axar recommended the purchase of the Nevada Company Shares. The Company does not have any interest in the Nevada Company, other than our trusts’ ownership of the Nevada Company Shares.

At the time the Nevada Company Assignment Agreement was executed, neither Cornerstone nor our trusts knew of Axar’s stock ownership in Nevada Company or that Mr. Axelrod was on Nevada Company’s board. Consequently, neither the Board’s Trust and Compliance Committee, as required by the Company’s investment policy, nor the Board’s Audit Committee, as required by its charter, had the opportunity to review and to approve or disapprove our trusts’ execution of the Nevada Company Assignment Agreement or their consummation of the purchase of the Nevada Company Shares contemplated thereby.

On May 15, 2021, our trusts entered into a Participation Agreement with a real estate investment trust (the “REIT”) relating to a $52 million loan made by the REIT to certain real estate developers, which is secured by real property and bore interest at a rate of 15%. Our trusts’ participation was a $26 million investment (the “Real Estate Loan Participation”).

We have been informed by Axar that an Axar fund formerly controlled the management company of the REIT, the Cornerstone funds’ co-investor in this transaction, but that the Axar fund sold its interest in the management company on March 31, 2021, before our trusts entered into the Real Estate Loan Participation transaction. Axar has represented to us that Mr. Axelrod served on the REIT’s board, including as chairman of that board, from 2018 through November 2021, at which time he resigned from the REIT’s board. Axar has represented to us that Axar retained a 4.7% interest in the management company that manages the REIT and is entitled to 8.75% of any returns after a 6% return to other investors in the management company. Axar has advised us that, in connection with the sale of Axar’s interest in the management company, Axar is also entitled to a deferred payout of $300,000 per annum in the form of a consulting fee from the management company for capital markets and other strategic advice.

Although Axar as a subadvisor to Cornerstone was obligated to disclose any conflicts of interest with respect to its recommendations, it did not disclose its relationship with the REIT at the time it recommended this investment to Cornerstone. As a result, at the time our trusts obtained the Real Estate Loan Participation from the REIT, neither Cornerstone nor our trusts recognized that there was an existing relationship between Axar and any entities affiliated with the REIT, and neither the Board’s Trust and Compliance Committee, as required by the Company’s investment policy, nor the Board’s Conflicts Committee, as required by its charter, had the opportunity to review and to approve or disapprove the consummation of such transaction. The loan made by the REIT, including the Real Estate Loan Participation, was repaid in full on December 16, 2021, and our trusts received cash interest payments with respect to the Real Estate Loan Participation in the aggregate amount of $2.4 million, representing all interest payable to our trusts under the Real Estate Loan Participation. As of December 31, 2021, our trusts have no ongoing interest in this investment.

84


 

Table of Contents

On May 17, 2021, our trusts entered into a Loan Agreement with a hotel investor and developer and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Hotel Fund”), which was amended and restated on October 12, 2021 (such agreement, as so amended and restated, the “Hotel Fund Loan Agreement”) and subsequently amended on December 13, 2021 and March 7, 2022. Pursuant to the Hotel Fund Loan Agreement, our trusts provided a $33.2 million mezzanine loan to the Hotel Fund on May 19, 2021 as part of a $162.2 million loan facility originated by an unaffiliated loan fund. The participation by our trusts was based on the recommendation of Axar under the Subadvisor Agreement. As part of the same transaction, funds and other accounts affiliated with or managed by Axar loaned $10.0 million to the Hotel Fund on the same terms as the trusts’ loans, representing the balance of the $43.2 million mezzanine loan, and our trusts and the Axar funds and accounts each received an origination fee equal to 4% of their respective loan amounts. The principal amount of these loans is payable on October 12, 2023, subject to acceleration under the circumstances described in the Hotel Fund Loan Agreement, and bear interest at an adjustable rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus a spread. On February 15, 2022, the administrative agent for the lenders under the Hotel Fund Loan Agreement delivered a reservation of rights letter to the Hotel Fund with respect to the Hotel Fund’s apparent failure to comply with several covenants in the Hotel Fund Loan Agreement, none of which related to payment of amounts due to the lenders. As of March 1, 2022, the interest rate was 18.75%. Through March 1, 2022, the trusts have received cash interest in the aggregate amount of $7.2 million on this loan from an interest and expense reserve account established for that purpose, representing all interest payable to our trusts under the Hotel Fund Loan Agreement.

Axar has represented to Cornerstone that it did not own, directly or indirectly, any equity or debt securities of the Hotel Fund prior to making the loan contemplated by the Hotel Fund Loan Agreement and did not control and was not an affiliate of the Hotel Fund. Axar has also advised us that it does not own, directly or indirectly, any equity or debt securities of the Hotel Fund other than through its participation in the mezzanine loan. At the time the trusts’ participation in the Hotel Fund Loan Agreement was being considered by Cornerstone, Axar had provided a draft of the Hotel Fund Loan Agreement to Cornerstone which reflected that funds and other accounts affiliated with or managed by Axar also intended to participate in the loan facility on the same terms and conditions as our trusts, but neither Cornerstone nor our trusts recognized that such participation represented a related party transaction, and Axar has represented to us that it did not recognize that such participation represented a related party transaction. Consequently, neither the Board’s Trust and Compliance Committee, as required by the Company’s investment policy, nor the Board’s Conflicts Committee, as required by its charter, had the opportunity to review and to approve or disapprove the consummation by our trusts of the transactions contemplated by the Hotel Fund Loan Agreement.

On September 27, 2021, our trusts entered into an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement (the “Holdco Loan Assignment”) with an insurance holding company (“Holdco”) and Holdco’s then current lender (the “Initial Lender”) pursuant to which the Initial Lender agreed to assign to our trusts all of its rights, duties and obligations under a Loan Agreement dated as of July 9, 2019 between the Initial Lender and Holdco (the “Holdco Loan Agreement”). The Initial Lender had previously declared Holdco in default under the terms of the Holdco Loan Agreement. At the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Holdco Loan Assignment on October 6, 2021, our trusts paid the Initial Lender $28.7 million in cash, which equaled the then outstanding principal balance of the loan under the Holdco Loan Agreement (the “Holdco Loan”). The Company was not affiliated with either Holdco or the Initial Lender and Axar has represented to Cornerstone that it did not control and was not an affiliate of either Holdco or the Initial Lender. Also on September 27, 2021, our trusts and Holdco entered into the First Amendment to Loan Agreement (the “Amended Holdco Loan Agreement”) pursuant to which, among other changes, the defaults asserted by the Initial Lender were waived and the interest rate on the Holdco Loan was increased from 10%, all of which had been payable in kind by increasing the principal balance of the loan, to 15%, of which 10% continued to be payable in kind and 5% was payable in cash. In addition, the Amended Holdco Loan Agreement accelerated the maturity of the Holdco Loan to the earliest of the first anniversary of the closing (subject to a six month extension at the request of Holdco with the consent of our trusts) and the occurrence of certain other events described further below. As of March 1, 2022, the interest rate on the Holdco Loan remained at 15%. Through March 1, 2022, the trusts have received cash interest in the aggregate amount of $0.8 million on the Holdco Loan and additional interest in the form of an increase in the principal balance of the Holdco Loan in the amount of $1.2 million, representing all interest payable to our trusts under the Amended Loan Agreement.

Also on September 27, 2021, Axar entered into a letter agreement with Holdco (the “Transaction Letter Agreement”) pursuant to which Holdco agreed, in order to induce Axar to enter into the Amended Holdco Loan Agreement, that it would, if requested by Axar, enter into an agreed-upon form of purchase agreement for the sale of the outstanding capital stock of its wholly-owned insurance company subsidiary (the “Holdco Subsidiary”) to Axar for a purchase price of $100 million, subject to certain conditions including completion by Axar of a customary due diligence investigation and regulatory approval of the transaction by the state insurance regulator. Recently, Axar advised us that the state insurance regulators had advised Axar that regulatory approval of the transaction between Axar and Holdco would not be granted because the contemplated purchase price included a $40 million note to be issued to Holdco, and, as a result, after further negotiations, that Holdco and Axar entered into a purchase agreement dated January 20, 2022, which provided for a cash purchase price of $75 million, less the outstanding amounts owed to our trusts under the Amended Holdco Loan Agreement and a fee that remained payable to the Initial Lender. Axar has advised us that the sale to Axar under the purchase agreement remains subject to regulatory approval. Because the Holdco Loan is secured by the stock of the Holdco Subsidiary, the Holdco Loan is required to be repaid in full upon the sale of the stock of the Holdco Subsidiary to Axar or any third party.

85


 

Table of Contents

The Amended Holdco Loan Agreement provides that the Holdco Loan is due and payable on the earliest of (a) October 6, 2022 (subject to a six-month extension as discussed above), (b) an election by Holdco not to proceed with the transaction contemplated by the Transaction Letter Agreement, (c) a breach by Holdco of any of its obligations under the Transaction Letter Agreement or any purchase agreement executed with respect to the sale of Holdco Subsidiary or (d) the consummation of the sale of Holdco Subsidiary to Axar.

Also on September 27, 2021, (i) our trusts and Holdco entered into a letter agreement pursuant to which Holdco has paid our trusts a fee of $500,000 (the “StoneMor Trusts Fee Letter Agreement”) and (ii) Axar and Holdco entered into an Expense Fee Letter pursuant to which Holdco agreed to pay Axar’s due diligence expenses of up to $630,000 (the “Expense Fee Letter Agreement”). Entrance of Holdco into both the Expense Fee Letter Agreement and the StoneMor Trusts Fee Letter Agreement were conditions to the effectiveness of the Amended Holdco Loan Agreement.

The Transaction Letter Agreement and the Expense Fee Letter Agreement were referenced in the Amended Holdco Loan Agreement. Although Axar as a subadvisor to Cornerstone was obligated to disclose any conflicts of interest with respect to its recommendations, it did not provide a copy or disclose the terms or provisions of the Transaction Letter Agreement or Expense Fee Letter Agreement to Cornerstone at the time it recommended that our trusts enter into the Holdco Loan Assignment. As a result, at the time the Holdco Loan Assignment and the Amended Holdco Loan Agreement were executed, neither Cornerstone nor our trusts was aware of Axar’s right to acquire Holdco Subsidiary from Holdco. Consequently, neither the Board’s Trust and Compliance Committee, as required by the Company’s investment policy, nor the Board’s Conflicts Committee, as required by its charter, had the opportunity to review and to approve or disapprove the consummation by our trusts of the transactions contemplated by the Holdco Loan Assignment and the Amended Holdco Loan Agreement.

Our management identified the Nevada Company and Hotel Fund transactions as related party transactions in February 2022 in connection with the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. Upon management’s becoming aware of Axar’s interests in the Nevada Company and Hotel Fund transactions, management reported such interests to the chairs of the Conflicts Committee and the Trust and Compliance Committee, and upon Axar advising the Company of Axar’s involvement in the Holdco transaction, management reported it to the chair of the Conflicts Committee.

Upon learning of Axar’s interests in the Nevada Company and Hotel Fund transactions, the Conflicts Committee promptly commenced an independent review of all Axar’s investment recommendations to Cornerstone, including those trust investments in which Axar was involved, and directed its counsel to assist with its review. Axar’s interests in the purchase of the Nevada Company Shares, the Real Estate Loan Participation, the Hotel Fund Transaction, the Holdco transaction and certain other transactions were specifically reviewed and evaluated in March 2022 in connection with such review.

As a result of these findings, our management reconsidered the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures and determined that those controls were not designed and thus did not operate effectively in the prior quarterly periods to allow us to identify related party transactions that were required to be disclosed, which we determined to be a material weakness. For a further discussion of the ineffectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, see Part II, Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. As part of its plan to remediate this material weakness, Cornerstone now requires specific certifications from Axar with respect to any relationship or affiliation with or security ownership position in any entity in whose securities any of Cornerstone’s subadvisors recommends our trusts invest, as well as specific disclosure by Axar of any participation by Axar in any such investment. Cornerstone also intends to implement additional procedures regarding its review of recommendations by its subadvisors, including a requirement for review and approval by a second officer of Cornerstone of any recommendations for investments over specified amounts. As part of implementing such additional procedures, Cornerstone intends to conduct appropriate training for its employees with respect to these procedures.

Based on their respective inquiries regarding the trusts’ investment portfolio and Axar’s investment recommendations with respect thereto, neither our management nor the Conflicts Committee is aware of any other related party transactions that would be required to be reported as “related party transactions” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Conflicts Committee is continuing its independent review of Axar’s investment recommendations to Cornerstone, including those trust investments in which Axar was involved, to determine what additional action may be appropriate for Cornerstone and the Company to take with respect thereto.

In December 2021, the Company reimbursed $0.2 million on behalf of Andrew Axelrod for certain expenses incurred by Mr. Axelrod in responding to a document production request in the Fried v. Axelrod legal matter discussed above pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s bylaws. See Note 14 Commitments and Contingencies.

86


 

Table of Contents

18.
SEGMENT INFORMATION

Management operates the Company in two reportable operating segments: Cemetery Operations and Funeral Home Operations. These operating segments reflect the way the Company manages its operations and makes business decisions. Management evaluates the performance of these operating segments based on interments performed, interment rights sold, pre-need cemetery and at-need cemetery contracts written, revenue and segment profit (loss). As a percentage of revenue and assets, the Company’s major operations consist of its cemetery operations.

The following tables present financial information with respect to the Company’s segments (in thousands). Corporate costs represent those not directly associated with an operating segment, such as corporate overhead, interest expense and income taxes. Corporate assets primarily consist of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cemetery Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

278,950

 

 

$

237,886

 

Operating costs and expenses

 

 

(229,190

)

 

 

(196,411

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(5,997

)

 

 

(6,474

)

Segment operating profit

 

$

43,763

 

 

$

35,001

 

Funeral Home Operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

43,892

 

 

 

41,653

 

Operating costs and expenses

 

 

(38,542

)

 

 

(34,789

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(1,686

)

 

 

(1,824

)

Segment operating profit

 

$

3,664

 

 

$

5,040

 

Reconciliation of segment operating profit to net loss from continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cemetery Operations

 

 

43,763

 

 

 

35,001

 

Funeral Home Operations

 

 

3,664

 

 

 

5,040

 

Total segment profit

 

 

47,427

 

 

 

40,041

 

Corporate overhead

 

 

(39,930

)

 

 

(35,975

)

Corporate depreciation and amortization

 

 

(399

)

 

 

(854

)

Loss on sale of business and other impairments

 

 

(2,307

)

 

 

 

Other (losses) gains, net

 

 

(1,016

)

 

 

129

 

Loss on debt extinguishment

 

 

(40,128

)

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(38,974

)

 

 

(45,537

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

18,370

 

 

 

4,855

 

Net loss from continuing operations

 

$

(56,957

)

 

$

(37,341

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOW DATA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cemetery Operations

 

$

8,605

 

 

$

4,891

 

Funeral Home Operations

 

 

2,138

 

 

 

132

 

Corporate

 

 

1,252

 

 

 

1,337

 

Total capital expenditures

 

$

11,995

 

 

$

6,360

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

87


 

Table of Contents

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

BALANCE SHEET DATA:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cemetery Operations

 

$

1,506,504

 

 

$

1,445,217

 

Funeral Home Operations

 

 

128,590

 

 

 

130,687

 

Corporate

 

 

106,050

 

 

 

59,059

 

Total assets

 

$

1,741,144

 

 

$

1,634,963

 

Assets held for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cemetery Operations

 

$

 

 

$

23,500

 

Funeral Home Operations

 

 

 

 

 

5,075

 

Total assets held for sale

 

$

 

 

$

28,575

 

 

19.
SUPPLEMENTAL CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOW INFORMATION

The tables presented below provide supplemental information to the consolidated statements of cash flows regarding contract origination and maturity activity included in the pertinent captions on the Company’s consolidated statements of cash flows (in thousands):

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Accounts Receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-need/at-need contract originations (sales on credit)

 

 

(129,784

)

 

$

(117,716

)

Cash receipts from sales on credit (post-origination)

 

 

112,255

 

 

 

97,263

 

Changes in accounts receivable, net of allowance

 

$

(17,529

)

 

$

(20,453

)

Customer Contract Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferrals:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash receipts from customer deposits at origination, net of refunds

 

$

178,934

 

 

$

154,553

 

Withdrawals of realized income from merchandise trusts during the period

 

 

15,571

 

 

 

10,167

 

Pre-need/at-need contract originations (sales on credit)

 

 

129,784

 

 

 

117,716

 

Undistributed merchandise trust investment earnings, net

 

 

22,843

 

 

 

15,444

 

Recognition:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Merchandise trust investment income, net withdrawn as of end of period

 

 

(13,516

)

 

 

(6,816

)

Recognized maturities of customer contracts collected as of end of period

 

 

(222,477

)

 

 

(205,852

)

Recognized maturities of customer contracts uncollected as of end of period

 

 

(23,369

)

 

 

(23,601

)

Changes in customer contract liabilities

 

$

87,770

 

 

$

61,611

 

 

20.
SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Acquisitions

On January 31, 2022, the Company acquired two cemeteries in Virginia for cash consideration of $5.1 million, pursuant to a definitive agreement signed on March 23, 2021 with Daly Seven, Inc. to acquire four cemeteries for a total purchase price of $5.4 million, subject to customary working capital adjustments. The remaining two cemeteries, which are located in North Carolina, are expected to close in the second quarter of 2022.

On March 1, 2022, the Company acquired one funeral home in Florida for a cash purchase price of $1.7 million and on March 15, 2022, the Company acquired one combination cemetery and funeral home, a separate cemetery and a separate funeral home in West Virginia for a cash purchase price of $11.3 million, in each case subject to customary working capital adjustments.

88


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

EVALUATION OF DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Our management, including the CEO and CFO, evaluated the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act as of December 31, 2021. Based on such evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded the disclosure controls and procedures were not effective due to the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described below.

Notwithstanding these material weaknesses, based on the additional analysis and other post-closing procedures performed, management believes that the financial statements included in this report fairly present in all material respects our financial position, results of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the periods presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”).

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of our CEO and CFO to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

Management’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies and procedures may deteriorate.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

 

89


 

Table of Contents

Management previously identified and reported material weaknesses in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020. We conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission ("COSO"). Based on our assessment, we concluded that the Company did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021 as a result of the material weaknesses described below:

A. Control environment, control activities and monitoring:

The Company did not design and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting related to control environment, control activities and monitoring based on the criteria established in the COSO framework. More specifically, management did not implement effective oversight to support deployment of control activities due to lack of clear and consistent accountability for the performance of internal control over financial reporting responsibilities in certain areas important to financial reporting and implementation of related corrective actions in a timely manner.

B. Establishment and review of certain accounting policies and corresponding recognition of income statement impacts:

The Company’s controls applicable to establishment, periodic review for ongoing relevance and consistent application of material accounting policies in conformity with GAAP relating to revenue recognition were not designed appropriately and thus failed to operate effectively. More specifically:

Management did not maintain effective controls over sales contract origination occurring at its site locations. Specifically, there was no subsequent review of contract entry at site locations or corporate, as well as consistent approvals for pricing deviations.
Management did not have effective review and monitoring controls over revenue recognition with respect to the Accounting Standards Codification 606, Revenues from Contracts with Customers, to timely detect misstatements in income statement and balance sheet accounts. There was no oversight monitoring at corporate for contract cancellations and the timely and accurate servicing of contracts for proper revenue recognition. Additionally, the Company concluded that it did not design effective controls that would lead to a timely identification of a material error in deferred revenues.

C. Evaluation of historical deferred revenue adjustment:

The Company’s internal controls designed to prevent a material misstatement in the recorded amount of deferred revenues as of the balance sheet date were not designed appropriately. Management did not have effective review and monitoring controls over historical contract servicing and revenue recognition at a sufficient level of precision to detect potential misstatements of the related balance sheet accounts.

D. Identification and disclosure of Related Party transactions:

The Company’s internal controls over the identification and disclosure of related party transactions were not designed appropriately and thus failed to operate effectively. More specifically, as noted in Note 17 Related Parties to our consolidated financial statement as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company identified various related party transactions in connection with its year-end financial closing procedures, which had not been timely identified by Cornerstone or disclosed in our prior quarterly periods because Cornerstone, the Company’s investment advisor subsidiary, did not have effective procedures in place to ensure that the information needed to analyze whether investment transactions it was recommending for our trusts constituted related party transactions was obtained and reviewed in a timely fashion.

Our management communicated the results of its assessment to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.

STATUS OF REMEDIATION OF MATERIAL WEAKNESSES

Management is committed to the remediation of the material weaknesses described above, as well as the continued improvement of our internal control over financial reporting. We have identified and are implementing the actions described below to remediate the underlying causes of the control deficiencies that gave rise to the material weaknesses. As we continue our evaluation and improve our internal control over financial reporting, management may modify the actions described below or identify and take additional measures to address control deficiencies. Until the remediation efforts described below, including any additional measures management identifies as necessary, are completed, and the successful testing of control operation over a sufficient period of time, the material weaknesses described above will continue to exist.

90


 

Table of Contents

A. To address the material weakness in control environment, control activities and monitoring, the Company will:

Continue to enhance accountability and corporate monitoring to provide reasonable assurance that the Company maintains sufficient oversight of the performance of internal controls;
Continue a project management office, including external consultants, with appropriate subject matter expertise to develop, oversee and monitor the remediation plans and status of all internal control deficiencies; and
Provide periodic internal controls training in conjunction with the rollout of its new or enhanced internal controls.

Management will continue to review such actions and progress with the Audit Committee. The remediation of this weakness in the control environment will contribute to the remediation of each of the additional material weaknesses described below.

B. To address the material weakness associated with the establishment and periodic review of certain accounting policies and corresponding recognition of income statement impacts for compliance with applicable GAAP that give rise to potentially inaccurate or untimely revenue recognition, the Company is performing the following:

Redesigned previously identified controls during the 4th Quarter of 2021 over sales contract origination to monitor the completeness and accuracy of contract information recorded in the system; this includes validation of the accuracy of contract data in the contract management system, comparing pricing to approved standard price lists, formalizing approvals for price deviations, and validating merchandise and perpetual trust amounts and percentages. These new controls will be implemented during the 1st Quarter of 2022.
Implemented a vendor invoice review control over markers in the 2nd Quarter of 2020 and a similar review over casket invoices in the 3rd Quarter of 2021 which identifies markers and caskets received and invoiced and verifies that the markers and caskets have been serviced.
Designing and implementing controls relating to other revenue streams (i.e., open and close, vaults) to ensure appropriate servicing and related revenue is recognized in the proper period.

C. To address the material weakness related to the recognized amount of deferred revenue as of the balance sheet date, management will enhance its review and monitoring controls over the historical deferred revenue balance.

D. To address the material weakness related to the identified and disclosure of related party transactions, the Company and Cornerstone will:


Require specific certifications from Axar with respect to any affiliation with or security ownership position in any entity in whose securities any of Cornerstone’s subadvisors recommends our trusts invest, as well as specific disclosure by Axar of any participation by Axar in any such investment;

Cornerstone will implement additional procedures regarding its review of recommendations by its subadvisors, including a requirement for review and approval by a second officer of Cornerstone of any recommendations for investments over specified amounts; and
Cornerstone will conduct appropriate training for its employees with respect to these procedures.

We believe these measures will remediate the material weaknesses noted. As we continue to evaluate and work to remediate the control deficiencies that gave rise to the material weaknesses, we may determine that additional measures or time are required to address the control deficiencies or that we need to modify or otherwise adjust the remediation measures described above. We will continue to assess the effectiveness of our remediation efforts in connection with our evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting. Also, we believe the corrective actions and controls need to be in operation for a sufficient period of time for management to conclude that the control environment is operating effectively and has been adequately tested through audit procedures.

91


 

Table of Contents

REMEDIATION OF PREVIOUSLY REPORTED MATERIAL WEAKNESSES

To address the previously reported material weakness associated with management not having a Delegation of Authority matrix outside of the procurement process or effective monitoring controls over the review of segregation of duties within relevant financial applications, the Company formalized a Delegation of Authority matrix which was approved by the Board of Directors and completed a segregation of duties analysis in which all potential conflicts were addressed by removing inappropriate employee access, identifying mitigating controls or implementing a monitoring control.

To address the previously reported material weakness associated with management not maintaining effective controls over the reconciliation of amounts recorded in the general ledger for cemetery property and deferred revenues on the consolidated balance sheets, the Company enhanced the roll-forward performed over cemetery property to include balances by location. The roll-forward is reviewed monthly with the focus being the cash flow amortization adjustment, which is reviewed on a disaggregated by product type basis, as well implemented additional controls around unique product codes, approval of purchases and coding of purchases. To address the deferred revenue material weakness, the Company enhanced the review process to include documenting all inputs used in the reconciliation, which included documenting the source of the inputs and internal controls over completeness and accuracy. The control execution was enhanced to include detailed steps performed in the preparation and review of the deferred revenue reconciliation, which is at a level of precision sufficient to detect a material weakness. This review includes documenting certain expectations including analysis of where values were contradictory of expectation, and any follow-ups identified during the review process.

To address the previously reported material weakness associated with management not having effective review and monitoring controls over the revenue, cost of goods sold and deferred balances of pre-acquisition contracts (customer contracts written before StoneMor acquired the cemetery) at a sufficient level of precision to timely detect potential misstatements of the related income statement and balance sheet accounts, the Company designed and implemented additional controls to validate and monitor the servicing of pre-acquisition contracts.

CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Our remediation efforts were ongoing during our last fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2021. There were no other material changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in management’s evaluation pursuant to Rules 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act during the quarter ended December 31, 2021 that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not Applicable.

92


 

Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF STONEMOR INC.

The following table shows information regarding our executive officers and directors as of March 1, 2022. Each director is elected for one-year terms until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.

Name

Age

Positions with StoneMor Inc.

Joseph M. Redling

63

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Jeffrey DiGiovanni

45

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Thomas A. Connolly

56

Senior Vice President of Business Planning and Operations

Lindsay R. Granson

40

Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing

Robert Page

59

Senior Vice President of Funeral Homes and Special Projects

Andrew Axelrod

39

Chairman of the Board

Spencer E. Goldenberg

39

Director

David Miller

62

Director

Stephen J. Negrotti

70

Director

Kevin D. Patrick

61

Director

Patricia D. Wellenbach

64

Director

On January 11, 2022, Austin K. So submitted his resignation from his position as Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of the Company, which was effective as of February 7, 2022.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange listing standards. As a controlled company, we are not subject to the requirements under those listing standards that a majority of our directors and all of the members of our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee be independent. However, our Corporate Governance Guidelines do require that a majority of our directors, and the charter of our Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee requires that all of its members, be independent within the meaning of those standards.

We are party to a Nomination and Director Voting Agreement dated as of September 17, 2018 (as amended on February 4, 2019 and June 27, 2019, the “DVA”) with Axar Capital Management, LP, certain funds and managed accounts for which it serves as investment manager and its general partner, Axar GP, LLC (collectively, the “Axar Entities”), GP Holdings and Robert B. Hellman, Jr., as trustee under the Voting and Investment Trust Agreement for the benefit of American Cemeteries Infrastructure Investors LLC (“ACII” and, collectively with GP Holdings, the “ACII Entities”). Under the DVA, the Axar Entities have the option to designate up to three nominees to our Board (or, if the number of directors is increased, at least three-sevenths of the whole number of directors). Following the refinancing or repayment of our Senior Secured Notes, the number of directors the Axar Entities have the right to nominate is subject to reduction if they or their affiliates (collectively, the “Axar Group”) collectively beneficially own less than 15% of our outstanding common stock. The DVA also provided that, for so long as the ACII Entities and their affiliates (collectively, the “ACII Group”) collectively beneficially own at least 4% of our outstanding common stock, the ACII Entities were entitled to designate one nominee to our Board. The Axar Entities and the ACII Entities also agreed to vote their shares in favor of the election of any such nominees. Because the ACII Entities sold all of the shares they held, they are no longer entitled to nominate any director.

Any nominee submitted by the Axar Entities or ACII is subject to the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee’s reasonable determination that the nominee (i) is suitable to serve on the Board in accordance with the customary standards of suitability for directors of NYSE listed companies, (ii) is not prohibited from serving as a director pursuant to any rule or regulation of the SEC or the NYSE and (iii) is not an employee, manager or director of any entity engaged in the death care business. Pursuant to the terms of the DVA, the Axar Entities have designated Messrs. Axelrod, Miller and Goldenberg as nominees.

Our advance notice bylaws require that our stockholders desiring to nominate a candidate for election as a director must submit a notice to us not later than 90 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which we mailed our proxy statement to stockholders for our most recent annual meeting of stockholders, subject to certain exceptions, including that any such notice for

93


 

Table of Contents

our first annual meeting of stockholders must be submitted not later than 90 days prior to the date of the meeting or, if the date of such meeting is first publicly announced less than 100 days prior to the meeting, at least 10 days prior to the date of the meeting. Any such notice must set forth:

the name and address of the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made;
the class and number of shares of our common stock that are owned beneficially and held of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner;
the investment strategy or objective, if any, of such stockholder and certain specified associates who are not individuals;
the disclosure of any short positions or other derivative positions relating to the shares of our common stock held by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, such information to include, and be updated to reflect any material change in, such positions from the period beginning six (6) months prior to the nomination through the time of the annual meeting;
a description of any proxy, contract, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such stockholder and such beneficial owner has a right to vote any shares of any of our securities;
a representation that such stockholder is a holder of record of our stock entitled to vote at such meeting, will continue to be a holder of record of stock entitled to vote at such meeting through the date of the meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to bring such nomination or other business before the meeting;
a representation as to whether such stockholder or beneficial owner intends or is part of a group that intends to deliver a proxy statement or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of our outstanding stock required to approve or adopt the proposal or to elect each such nominee;
a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to the nomination or other business between or among such stockholder, beneficial owner or any other person, including without limitation any agreements that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 5 or Item 6 of Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (regardless of whether the requirement to file a Schedule 13D is applicable);
all information relating to the proposed nominee as would be required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act ;
a description of all direct and indirect compensation and other material monetary agreements, arrangements and understandings during the previous three years, and any other material relationships, between or among each stockholder giving notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made, on the one hand, and each proposed nominee, and his or her respective affiliates and associates, or others acting in concert therewith, on the other hand, including, without limitation all information that would be required to be disclosed pursuant to Rule 404 promulgated under Regulation S-K if the stockholder making the nomination and any beneficial owner on whose behalf the nomination is made, if any, or any affiliate or associate thereof or person acting in concert therewith, were the “registrant” for purposes of such rule and the nominee were a director or executive officer of such registrant;
the nominee’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected; and
attaching (A) a completed director nominee questionnaire in the form we require (which form the stockholder providing notice shall request from our Secretary and which we shall provide within ten (10) days of such request) and (B) a completed and signed written representation and agreement, in the form we require (which form the stockholder providing notice shall request from our Secretary and which we shall provide within ten (10) days of such request), that the proposed nominee:(i) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as one of our directors, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to us or any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with the proposed nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as one of our directors, with the proposed nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law; (ii) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than us with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as one of our directors that has not been disclosed to us; (iii) would be in compliance, if elected as one of our directors, and will comply with, applicable law, applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange and all or our applicable publicly disclosed corporate governance, conflict of interest, corporate opportunity, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines; (iv) will tender, promptly following such proposed nominee’s election or reelection, an irrevocable

94


 

Table of Contents

resignation effective upon such proposed nominee’s failure to receive the required vote for re-election at the next meeting at which such proposed nominee would face re-election and upon acceptance of such resignation by the Board of Directors, in accordance with the Board of Director’s policies or guidelines on Director elections and (v) intends to serve a full term if elected as one of our directors.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND BOARD MEMBERS

A brief biography for our executive officer who also serves as one of the directors of the Board is included below.

Joseph M. Redling has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since July 18, 2018. Prior to his appointment, Mr. Redling served as the Chief Operating Officer of Vonage Holdings. Inc., a billion-dollar communications company, where he managed the day to day operations of the company’s consumer and B2B businesses. Prior to the Chief Operating Officer position, he was President of Consumer Services for Vonage overseeing its large consumer business unit. Prior to that, Mr. Redling was President and Chief Executive Officer of Nutrisystem, Inc., a leader in the weight-loss industry. His experience also includes over a decade with Time Warner and AOL where he held a number of senior executive level roles including Chief Marketing Officer, President of Paid Services and Customer Management, President of the AOL Access Business and CEO of AOL International.

ADDITIONAL DIRECTORS

A brief biography for each non-executive director of the Board is included below.

Andrew Axelrod was appointed to and named Chairman of the Board in June 2019. Mr. Axelrod is the Managing Partner and Portfolio Manager of Axar Capital Management L.P. (“Axar”), a firm he founded in 2015. He is ultimately responsible for all investment, risk and business management functions. Before founding Axar, Mr. Axelrod was a Partner and Co-Head of North American Investments for Mount Kellett Capital Management from 2009 to 2014, a private investment organization with over $7 billion of assets under management. Mr. Axelrod joined Mount Kellett at firm inception and worked there for over 6 years. Prior to joining Mount Kellett, Mr. Axelrod worked at Kohlberg Kravis Roberts & Co. L.P. from 2007 to 2008 and The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. from 2005 to 2007. Mr. Axelrod graduated magna cum laude with a B.S. in Economics from Duke University. Mr. Axelrod’s leadership as the Company’s largest common shareholder and his extensive experience in financing, investments and restructurings provides critical skills to the Board as we continue to implement our turnaround plan.

Spencer Goldenberg was appointed to the Board in June 2019. He serves as the Chief Financial Officer for Menin Hospitality, an owner and operator of hotels, restaurants and commercial retail establishments across the United States (“U.S.”) with a concentration in the southeast U.S. and Chicago. Prior to joining Menin Hospitality, Mr. Goldenberg was a partner in the accounting firm of Gerstle, Rosen & Goldenberg P.A. from February 2008 to June 2015. Mr. Goldenberg has served as an independent director of Terra Income Fund 6 since April 2019, and is the chairman of its audit committee. From October 2005 until February 2008, he served as a legislative aide to Florida State Senator Gwen Margolis. Mr. Goldenberg holds an active certified public accountant’s license in the state of Florida. He holds a B.A. in International Affairs from Florida State University. Mr. Goldenberg’s extensive finance, accounting and audit experience enhances the ability of the Board to oversee the Company’s financial performance and reporting.

David Miller was appointed to the Board in June 2019. Mr. Miller has served as the Chairman of the board of JG Wentworth since February 2018. Mr. Miller served as a Senior Advisor to the Blackstone Tactical Opportunities Fund from March 2015 until February 2018. Prior to Blackstone, Mr. Miller served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of JGWPT Inc., the holding company for J.G. Wentworth. Prior to JGWPT, Mr. Miller was Executive Vice President at ACE, responsible for ACE’s International Accident and Health Insurance business. Prior to ACE, Mr. Miller was President and Chief Executive Officer of Kemper Auto and Home Insurance. Prior to Kemper, Mr. Miller was Chief Operating Officer of Providian Direct Insurance. Mr. Miller has served as a director of Ellington Residential Mortgage (NYSE: EARN) since 2013, a director of Lombard International Assurance since July 2015, a director of J.G. Wentworth since January 2018 and a director of Figure Acquisition Corp I (NYSE: FACA) since February 2021. Mr. Miller has a B.S.E.E. in electrical engineering from Duke University and an M.B.A. in Finance from The Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania. Mr. Miller’s extensive experience as a senior executive will provide the board of directors with additional expertise in corporate leadership and governance.

Stephen J. Negrotti was appointed to the Board in April 2018. Mr. Negrotti was most recently President and CEO of Turner Investments Inc. (“Turner”), an investment manager, from April 2014 until October 2015. He also served as a member of the board of directors and President of the Turner Family of Mutual Funds during that time. Mr. Negrotti has been self-employed as an independent certified public accountant and a consultant since October 2015 and was also employed in that capacity from

95


 

Table of Contents

January 2012 until joining Turner. Mr. Negrotti has over 40 years of finance and administration experience. He joined Ernst & Young in Philadelphia in 1976 and was a Partner at Ernst & Young LLP from 1986 through 2011, coordinating services to financial industry clients and acting as an advisor in Ernst & Young’s Global Private Equity practice in New York. Mr. Negrotti holds an M.B.A in Finance from Drexel University and a B.S in Accounting from The Pennsylvania State University. Mr. Negrotti brings to the Board significant experience in financial oversight and accounting matters.

Kevin D. Patrick was appointed to the Board in September 2020. He has been Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of Colonial Williamsburg Foundation since August 2017. In this capacity, he is responsible for all financial aspects of the operation of the Foundation, which has assets of approximately $1.0 billion, including an endowment of approximately $700.0 million, annual revenues in excess of $200.0 million and approximately $337.0 million in outstanding debt. As a member of the Foundation’s leadership team, Mr. Patrick works closely with the Board of Trustees and its committees. From April 2016 until August 2017, Mr. Patrick was Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ML Foods, LLC, a division of Marcus Lemonis LLC (CNBC’s The Profit), focused on the franchise/restaurant/bar industry. From August 2014 through April 2016, he was an Executive Managing Partner of Blackwater Strategic Advisors, a transaction development and strategic advisory firm. Prior to Blackwater, Mr. Patrick held leadership roles in corporate development in the beverage, grocery, energy and telecommunications sectors completing multiple transactions. Mr. Patrick holds an M.B.A. from the University of Connecticut, a B.B.A. in Finance from Connecticut State University and completed the Executive Development Program at the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business. Mr. Patrick brings to the Board diversity and significant experience in corporate development, business turnarounds, financing and financial management both as a chief financial officer as well as other senior management positions.

Patricia D. Wellenbach was appointed to the Board in April 2018. She has been President and CEO of Philadelphia’s Please Touch Museum since November 2015. In such capacity, Ms. Wellenbach is responsible for management and oversight of one of the top 10 children’s museums in the country. The Museum employs 100 people and has a budget of $10.0 million. In addition, Ms. Wellenbach works closely with the Museum’s board of trustees and is a steward of a 100,000 square foot building on the National Historic Register. The building is owned by the City of Philadelphia, and as such Ms. Wellenbach works closely with city leaders on the preservation of this historic landmark building. From February 2013 to October 2015, Ms. Wellenbach was President and CEO of Green Tree School and Services, a non-residential school and behavioral health clinic for children with autism and severe emotional disturbances. In such capacity, Ms. Wellenbach oversaw a budget of $9.0 million, managed the construction of a new facility and negotiated contracts with two unions. The complexity of the medical and educational needs of the children required Ms. Wellenbach to have experience with a high level of regulatory and compliance issues. From October 2007 to January 2013, Ms. Wellenbach advised companies as President and CEO of Sandcastle Strategy Group, LLC. Effective July 1, 2021, Ms. Wellenbach was appointed chair of the board of trustees of Thomas Jefferson University, an $8 billion institution with 42,000 employees, where she has served as a board member since July 2015. Ms. Wellenbach currently serves on the Philadelphia Mayor’s Cultural Advisory Board (from September 2016). Ms. Wellenbach previously was a member of the board of directors at the Reinvestment Fund, a CDFI fund that makes community impact investments in areas of work force development, charter schools, food access and other community needs, from March 2010 until December 2017. Ms. Wellenbach is also a member of the National Association of Corporate Directors, Women Corporate Directors, the Forum of Executive Women and the Pennsylvania Women’s Forum. Ms. Wellenbach holds a B.S. in Nursing from the Boston College School of Nursing and a certificate from the UCLA Anderson School of Management’s Healthcare Executive Program. Ms. Wellenbach brings to the Board significant experience in managing complex businesses in transition and restructuring, merger and acquisition experience both as a chief executive officer and as a board member and experience with risk, regulatory and compliance issues.

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS (NON-BOARD MEMBERS)

A brief biography for each of our executive officers who do not also serve on the Board are as follows:

Jeffrey DiGiovanni was appointed our Chief Financial Officer in September 2019 and had previously served as our Chief Accounting Officer since September 2018. From January 2012 until joining the Company in September 2018 as our Chief Accounting Officer, he was Managing Director at Pine Hill Group, a leading accounting and transaction advisory firm with offices in Philadelphia, New York City and Princeton, New Jersey, where he worked with clients to deliver services including readiness for initial public offerings, financial reporting including reporting to the SEC and technical accounting assistance on complex transactions. He holds a B.S. in Accounting and an M.S. in Financial Services from Saint Joseph’s University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

Thomas A. Connolly was appointed our Senior Vice President of Business Planning and Operations in September 2019. Prior to joining the Company, he served as Vice President, Business Operations for Brookstone, an omni channel business with mall, airport, ecommerce and wholesale divisions. Previously, Tom worked for Vestis Retail Group (Bob’s Stores, Eastern Mountain

96


 

Table of Contents

Sports and Sport Chalet) and EMS. Tom possesses a broad range of professional competencies, including: finance, strategic planning, analytics, marketing, ecommerce, wholesale, airport retail, merchandise planning, operations, real estate, store operations, organizational design and human resources. He earned a B.A. in Political Science from Haverford University.

Lindsay R. Granson was appointed our Senior Vice President of Sales & Marketing in January 2021. Prior to her current role, Ms. Granson was the National Vice President of Sales and Marketing beginning in June of 2018 after initially joining StoneMor as Vice President of Marketing in March of 2017. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Granson was Vice President of Sales for Watercrest Senior Living Group, from 2016 to March 2017, and prior to that Ms. Granson spent her career in the Senior Living space in various leadership roles in both private and public sectors. She spent the majority of her Senior Living career working for Brookdale Senior Living and holds a B.A. in Elementary Education from Wright State University.

Robert Page was appointed our Senior Vice President of Funeral Homes and Special Projects in January of 2021. Prior to his current role, Mr. Page joined StoneMor in July of 2018 as the President of the Western Division. Prior to joining StoneMor, Mr. Page was Vice President, Operations Integration for Foundation Partners Group from 2016 to July 2018, and prior to that Mr. Page worked for several public and private deathcare consolidators in a variety of areas including acquisitions, financial systems, technology, sales, operations, process improvement, treasury, operational/financial reporting, and budgeting. Mr. Page holds a B.S. in Biology from Point Loma Nazarene College and an M.B.A. from the University of Redlands.

BOARD MEETINGS AND EXECUTIVE SESSIONS, COMMUNICATIONS WITH DIRECTORS AND BOARD COMMITTEES

In fiscal year 2021, the Board held 13 meetings. Each director then in office attended at least 75% of these meetings and the meetings of the committees of the Board on which such director served, either in person or by teleconference.

The Board holds regular executive sessions, in which non-management board members meet without any members of management present. Mr. Axelrod, Chairman of the Board, presides at regular sessions of the non-management members of the Board. In addition, our independent directors, excluding any non-management directors who are not independent, also meet at least annually.

Our Board welcomes communications from our stockholders and other interested parties. Stockholders and any other interested parties may send communications to our Board, any committee of the Board, the Chairman of the Board or any other director in particular to:

StoneMor Inc.

3331 Street Road, Suite 200

Bensalem, Pennsylvania 19020

Stockholders and any other interested parties should mark the envelope containing each communication as “Stockholder Communication with Directors” and clearly identify the intended recipient(s) of the communication. Our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary will review each communication received from stockholders and other interested parties and will forward the communication, as expeditiously as reasonably practicable, to the addressees if: (1) the communication complies with the requirements of any applicable policy adopted by the Board relating to the subject matter of the communication and (2) the communication falls within the scope of matters generally considered by the Board. To the extent the subject matter of a communication relates to matters that have been delegated by the Board to a committee or to one of our executive officers, then our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary may forward the communication to the executive officer or chairman of the committee to which the matter has been delegated. The acceptance and forwarding of communications to the members of the Board or an executive officer does not imply or create any fiduciary duty of the Board members or executive officer to the person submitting the communications.

The Board has an Audit Committee, a Trust and Compliance Committee, a Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee (the “Compensation Committee”) and a Conflicts Committee. The Board appoints the members of such committees. The members of the committees and a brief description of the functions performed by each committee are set forth below.

Audit Committee

The current members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Goldenberg, Miller and Negrotti (Chair). The primary responsibilities of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board in its general oversight of our financial reporting, internal controls and audit functions, and it is directly responsible for the appointment, retention, compensation and oversight of the work of our independent

97


 

Table of Contents

auditors. The Audit Committee’s charter is posted on our website at www.stonemor.com under the “Corporate Governance” section of our “Investors” webpage. Information on our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report.

All current committee members qualify as “independent” under applicable standards established by the SEC and the NYSE for members of audit committees. In addition, Mr. Negrotti has been determined by the Board to meet the qualifications of an "audit committee financial expert," having the necessary accounting or related financial management expertise, in accordance with the standards established by the SEC and NYSE. The "audit committee financial expert" designation is a disclosure requirement of the SEC related to Mr. Negrotti's experience and understanding with respect to certain accounting and auditing matters. The designation does not impose any duties, obligations or liabilities that are greater than those generally imposed on Mr. Negrotti as a member of the Audit Committee and the Board, and it does not affect the duties, obligations or liabilities of any other member of the Board.

Trust and Compliance Committee

The current members of the Trust and Compliance Committee are Messrs. Patrick (Chair) and Redling and Ms. Wellenbach. The primary responsibilities of the Trust and Compliance Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility in the oversight management of merchandise trusts and perpetual care trusts (collectively, the “Trusts”) and to review and recommend an investment policy for the Trusts, including (i) asset allocation, (ii) acceptable risk levels, (iii) total return or income objectives, (iv) investment guidelines relating to eligible investments, diversification and concentration restrictions and (v) performance objectives for specific managers or other investments. The Trust and Compliance Committee also oversees matters of non-financial compliance, including our overall compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee

The current members of the Compensation Committee are Messrs. Goldenberg and Miller (Chair) and Ms. Wellenbach. The primary responsibilities of the Compensation Committee are to oversee compensation decisions for our non-management directors and executives, as well as our long-term incentive plan, to advise the Board on corporate governance matters and to select and recommend nominees for election to the Board. The Compensation Committee’s charter is posted on our website at www.stonemor.com under the “Corporate Governance” section of our “Investors” webpage. Information on our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report.

Conflicts Committee

The Board established the Conflicts Committee as a standing committee in March 2021. The current members of the Conflicts Committee are Ms. Wellenbach and Messrs. Negrotti (Chair) and Patrick. Each member of the Conflicts Committee must qualify as “independent” under applicable standards established by the NYSE, and no member may be a designee of Axar under the DVA discussed above. The primary responsibility of the Conflicts Committee is to review matters that may involve potential conflicts of interest including, without limitation, any proposed transaction or arrangement between the Company and Axar.

CORPORATE CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE GUIDELINES

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics which is applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller or persons performing similar functions. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics incorporates guidelines designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct and compliance with applicable laws and regulations. If any amendments are made to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics or if we grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the code to any of our financial managers, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website (www.stonemor.com) or in a current report on Form 8-K. We have also adopted Corporate Governance Guidelines which, together with the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and our bylaws, constitute the framework for our corporate governance.

The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and the Corporate Governance Guidelines are publicly available on our website at www.stonemor.com under the “Corporate Governance” section of our “Investors” webpage. Information on our website does not constitute a part of this Annual Report.

98


 

Table of Contents

DELINQUENT SECTION 16(a) REPORTS

Under Section 16(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act (as amended, the “Exchange Act”), directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of more than 10% of our common stock, if any, are required to file reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership with the SEC. Our directors, executive officers and beneficial owners of more than 10% of our common shares are also required to furnish us with copies of all such reports that are filed. Based solely on our review of copies of such forms and amendments and on written representations from Section 16(a) reporting individuals, we believe that all of our directors and executive officers and all beneficial owners of more than 10% of our common stock filed the required reports on a timely basis under Section 16(a) during the year ended December 31, 2021.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

The following table sets forth summary information relating to all compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to the individuals listed in the table below, collectively referred to as our “named executive officers” or “NEOs,” for all services rendered in all capacities to us during the years noted:

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

 

Bonus (1)
($)

 

 

Stock
Awards (2)
($)

 

 

Option Awards (3)
($)

 

 

All Other
Compensation (4)
($)

 

 

Total
($)

 

Joseph M. Redling

 

2021

 

 

741,000

 

 

 

1,071,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

1,812,049

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

2020

 

 

632,692

 

 

 

1,050,000

 

 

 

534,375

 

 

 

154,218

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,371,285

 

Jeffrey DiGiovanni

 

2021

 

 

397,000

 

 

 

280,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

555

 

 

 

677,555

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

2020

 

 

333,173

 

 

 

262,500

 

 

 

96,615

 

 

 

27,883

 

 

 

 

 

 

720,171

 

Austin K. So(5)

 

2021

 

 

397,000

 

 

 

286,250

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,963

 

 

 

685,213

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

 

2020

 

 

356,971

 

 

 

281,250

 

 

 

96,615

 

 

 

27,883

 

 

 

 

 

 

762,719

 

(1)
Represents bonus amounts earned with respect to the applicable year except as otherwise indicated. Bonuses are granted as cash awards under the 2019 Plan based on the bonus opportunity in each NEO’s employment agreement (100% for Mr. Redling and 50% for Messrs. DiGiovanni and So). For 2021 and 2020, the Compensation Committee established an adjusted EBITDA target calculated to include gross commissionable sales and exclude realized and unrealized gains and losses in the Company’s merchandise and perpetual care trusts, among other adjustments. Bonuses were payable at 50%, 100% and 150% of the applicable bonus opportunity if the Company achieved at least 90% but less than 100%, 100%-115% or more than 115%, respectively, of the target. The Compensation Committee determined that the Company achieved more than 115% of the 2021 and 2020 targets and approved bonuses at 150% of the applicable bonus targets for 2021 and 2020.
(2)
Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock awards in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions underlying this valuation are set forth in Note 11 Long-Term Incentive Plan to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report.
(3)
Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards in accordance with ASC 718. The assumptions underlying this valuation are set forth in Note 11 Long-Term Incentive Plan to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report.
(4)
Represents the Company’s matching contribution to the employee’s 401(K) Plan.
(5)
Mr. So resigned from the Company effective February 7, 2022.

99


 

Table of Contents

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT DECEMBER 31, 2021

The following table sets forth information with respect to outstanding equity awards at December 31, 2021 for our named executive officers:

 

 

Option Awards

 

Stock Awards

 

Name

 

Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) exercisable

 

 

Number of securities underlying unexercised options (#) unexercisable

 

 

Option Exercise Price
$

 

 

Option Expiration Date

 

Number of
Unearned
Shares of Stock
That Have
Not Vested
(#)

 

 

Market Value
of Unearned
Shares of Stock
That Have Not
Vested
($) (1)

 

Joseph M. Redling

 

 

1,666,666

 

 

 

833,334

 

 

 

1.20

 

 

12/18/2029

 

 

140,625

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

104,166

 

 

 

208,334

 

 

 

1.71

 

 

12/3/2030

 

 

208,334

 

 

 

475,002

 

Jeffrey DiGiovanni

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

1.20

 

 

12/18/2029

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,833

 

 

 

37,667

 

 

 

1.71

 

 

12/3/2030

 

 

37,667

 

 

 

85,881

 

Austin K. So

 

 

300,000

 

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

1.20

 

 

12/18/2029

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,833

 

 

 

37,667

 

 

 

1.71

 

 

12/3/2030

 

 

37,667

 

 

 

85,881

 

(1)
The market value of these outstanding awards have been computed by multiplying the closing price of our common stock on December 31, 2021 by the number of unvested shares.

AGREEMENTS WITH NAMED EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

The following is a summary of certain material provisions of agreements between the Company and our named executive officers.

Joseph M. Redling

Joseph M. Redling and the Company are parties to an employment agreement dated June 29, 2018 pursuant to which Mr. Redling serves as the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Vice President of the Company. Mr. Redling’s initial base salary under the agreement is $700,000 per year, which base salary is subject to annual review by the Board. Any decrease in base salary will be made only to the extent we contemporaneously and proportionately decreases the base salaries of all of the Company’s senior executives.

The agreement provides that Mr. Redling is eligible to receive an annual incentive cash bonus with respect to each calendar year of the Company, provided that he will not be eligible to receive such bonus if he is not employed on the last day of the calendar year to which such bonus relates. The target amount of the cash bonus is 100% of his base salary with respect to the applicable calendar year and is to be based on specific individual and company performance goals established by the Compensation Committee and as described in his employment agreement.

The agreement also provided that Mr. Redling was entitled to receive an initial grant of restricted common units in the Partnership of 750,000 units. Such restricted common units will vest, if at all, in equal quarterly installments over the four year period following the date of grant and will have rights to distributions consistent with fully vested common units in the Partnership. The grant of such restricted common units was made on July 18, 2018, and is subject to such other terms and conditions as are set forth in the Executive Restricted Unit Agreement entered into between Mr. Redling and the Company at the time of grant. In accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement, Mr. Redling’s restricted common units that had vested as of the effective date of the Partnership’s conversion to a C-Corporation were converted into common shares, while his unvested restricted common units were converted into restricted common shares and remain subject to the same vesting schedule.

Under the agreement, Mr. Redling is also entitled to participate in the 2019 Plan to the extent that the Company offers the 2019 Plan to all senior executives of the Company. Mr. Redling’s participation in the 2019 Plan, if offered by the Company, shall be in an annual amount equal to 150% of his base salary, with 50% of such annual amount vesting in equal annual installments over three years and 50% of the annual amount vesting based upon attainment of performance goals as determined by the Executive Committee of the Board, in consultation with the Compensation Committee.

If Mr. Redling’s employment is terminated for any reason, Mr. Redling will be entitled to receive the following: (i) any base salary for days actually worked through the date of termination; (ii) reimbursement of all expenses for which Mr. Redling is entitled to be reimbursed pursuant to the agreement, but for which he has not yet been reimbursed; (iii) any vested accrued benefits

100


 

Table of Contents

under the Company’s employee benefit plans and programs in accordance with the terms of such plans and programs, as accrued through the date of termination; (iv) vested but unissued equity in the Company; (v) any bonus or other incentive (or portion thereof) for any preceding completed calendar year that has been awarded by the Company to Mr. Redling, but has not been received by him prior to the date of termination; (vi) accrued but unused vacation, to the extent Mr. Redling is eligible in accordance with the Company’s policies and (vii) any other payment or benefit (other than severance benefits) to which Mr. Redling may be entitled under the applicable terms of any written plan, program, policy, agreement, or corporate governance document of the Company or any of their successors or assigns.

If Mr. Redling’s employment is terminated by the Company without “Cause” and not for death or “Disability” or by Mr. Redling for "Good Reason" (as such terms are defined in the agreement), and provided that Mr. Redling enters into a release as provided for in the agreement, Mr. Redling would be entitled to receive, in addition to the benefits described in the preceding paragraph, the following: (i) payment of 1.5 times his base salary for a period of 12 months following the effective date of his termination, to be paid in equal installments in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company, commencing on the 60th day following the date of termination, with the first payment including any amounts not yet paid between the date of termination and the date of the first payment and (ii) a pro-rata cash bonus for the calendar year in which such termination occurs, if any, determined by the Company (subject to certain the restrictions as set forth above), which shall be paid at the same time that annual incentive cash bonuses are paid to other executives of the Company, but in no event later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the date of termination occurs.

In the event of a “Change in Control” (as such term is defined in the agreement), all outstanding equity interests granted to Mr. Redling that are subject to time-based vesting provisions and that are not fully vested shall become fully vested as of the date of such Change in Control. The agreement also includes customary covenants running during Mr. Redling’s employment and for 12 months thereafter prohibiting Mr. Redling from directly or indirectly competing with the Company and from solicitation of employees, directors, officers, associates, consultants, agents or independent contractors, customers, suppliers, vendors and others having business relationships with the Company. The agreement also contains provisions relating to protection of the Company’s property, its confidential information and ownership of intellectual property as well as various other covenants and provisions customary for an agreement of this nature.

Jeffrey DiGiovanni

Jeffrey DiGiovanni and the Company are parties to an employment agreement dated September 19, 2019, pursuant to which Mr. DiGiovanni serves as the Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of the Company. Mr. DiGiovanni’s initial base salary under the agreement is $350,000 per year, which base salary is subject to annual review by the Board. Any decrease in base salary will be made only to the extent the Company contemporaneously and proportionately decreases the base salaries of all of its senior executives.

The agreement provides that Mr. DiGiovanni is eligible to receive an annual incentive cash bonus with respect to each fiscal year of the Company, provided, except for certain qualifying terminations of employment, that he will not be eligible to receive such bonus if he is not employed on the last day of the fiscal year to which such bonus relates. The target amount of the cash bonus is 50% of his base salary.

Under the agreement, Mr. DiGiovanni is also entitled to participate in the 2019 Plan to the extent that the Company offers the 2019 Plan to all senior executives of the Company. Mr. DiGiovanni’s participation in the 2019 Plan, if offered by the Company, shall be in an annual amount equal to 50% of his base salary, with 50% of such annual amount vesting in equal annual installments over three years and 50% of the annual amount vesting based upon attainment of performance goals as determined by the Compensation Committee. To the extent Mr. DiGiovanni’s employment terminates on account of “Retirement” (as such term is defined in the agreement) during a performance period applicable to a particular 2019 Plan grant, the portion of such 2019 Plan grant that is subject to performance goals shall be earned pro-rata based on actual performance and the number of months that Mr. DiGiovanni was employed by the Company during the performance period. To be eligible for a pro-rated portion of the 2019 Plan grant in the event of a retirement, Mr. DiGiovanni must execute a release substantially in the form attached to his agreement.

If Mr. DiGiovanni’s employment is terminated by the Company for “Cause” or by Mr. DiGiovanni without “Good Reason” or in the event of Mr. DiGiovanni’s death or “Disability” (as such terms are defined in the agreement), Mr. DiGiovanni will be entitled to receive the following: (i) any base salary for days actually worked through the date of termination; (ii) reimbursement of all expenses for which Mr. DiGiovanni is entitled to be reimbursed pursuant to the agreement, but for which he has not yet been reimbursed; (iii) any vested accrued benefits under the Company’s employee benefit plans and programs in accordance with the terms of such plans and programs, as accrued through the date of termination; (iv) vested but unissued equity in the Company; (v) any bonus or other incentive (or portion thereof) for any preceding completed fiscal year that has been awarded by the

101


 

Table of Contents

Company to Mr. DiGiovanni, but has not been received by him prior to the date of termination; and (vi) accrued but unused vacation, to the extent Mr. DiGiovanni is eligible in accordance with the Company’s policies.

If Mr. DiGiovanni’s employment is terminated by the Company without “Cause” or by Mr. DiGiovanni for “Good Reason” (as such terms are defined in the agreement), and provided that Mr. DiGiovanni enters into a release as provided for in the agreement, Mr. DiGiovanni would be entitled to receive, in addition to the benefits described in the preceding paragraph, the following: (i) payment of his base salary for a period of 12 months following the effective date of his termination, to be paid in equal installments in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company, commencing on the Company’s first payroll date following the expiration of the release revocation period, with the first payment including any amounts not yet paid between the date of termination and the date of the first payment and (ii) a pro-rata cash bonus for the fiscal year in which such termination occurs, if any, determined by the Company (subject to certain the restrictions as set forth above), which shall be paid at the same time that annual incentive cash bonuses are paid to other executives of the Company, but in no event later than March 15 of the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the date of termination occurs.

In the event of a “Change in Control” (as such term is defined in the agreement), all outstanding equity interests granted to Mr. DiGiovanni that are subject to time-based vesting provisions and that are not fully vested shall become fully vested as of the date of such Change in Control. The agreement also includes customary covenants running during Mr. DiGiovanni’s employment and for 12 months thereafter prohibiting Mr. DiGiovanni from directly or indirectly competing with the Company and from solicitation of employees, directors, officers, associates, consultants, agents or independent contractors, customers, suppliers, vendors and others having business relationships with the Company. The agreement also contains provisions relating to protection of the Company’s property, its confidential information and ownership of intellectual property as well as various other covenants and provisions customary for an agreement of this nature.

Austin K. So

Austin K. So and the Company were parties to an employment agreement dated June 15, 2018 pursuant to which Mr. So served as Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of the Company until his voluntary departure from the Company effective February 7, 2022. Mr. So’s base salary under the agreement was $375,000 per year, which base salary was subject to annual review by the Board. Any decrease in base salary would be made only to the extent the Company contemporaneously and proportionately decreases the base salaries of all of its senior executives.

The agreement provided that Mr. So was eligible to receive an annual incentive cash bonus with respect to each fiscal year of the Company, provided that, except for certain qualifying terminations of employment, he will not be eligible to receive such bonus if he is not employed on the last day of the fiscal year to which such bonus relate. The amount of the cash bonus was to be targeted at 50% of his base salary with respect to the applicable fiscal year.

Under the agreement, Mr. So was also entitled to participate in the 2019 Plan to the extent that the Company offers the 2019 Plan to all senior executives of the Company. Mr. So’s participation in the 2019 Plan, if offered by the Company, shall be in an annual amount equal to 50% of his base salary, with 50% of such annual amount vesting in equal annual installments over three years and 50% of the annual amount vesting based upon attainment of performance goals as determined by the Compensation Committee.

If Mr. So’s employment is terminated by the Company without "Cause" or by Mr. So for "Good Reason" (as such terms are defined in the agreement), and provided that Mr. So enters into a release as provided for in the agreement, Mr. So would be entitled to receive, in addition to the benefits described in the preceding paragraph, the following: (i) payment of his base salary for a period of 12 months following the effective date of his termination, to be paid in equal installments in accordance with the normal payroll practices of the Company, commencing on the Company’s first payroll date following the expiration of the release revocation period, with the first payment including any amounts not yet paid between the date of termination and the date of the first payment and (ii) a pro-rata cash bonus for the fiscal year in which such termination occurs, if any, determined by the Company (subject to certain the restrictions as set forth above), which shall be paid at the same time that annual incentive cash bonuses are paid to other executives of the Company, but in no event later than March 15 of the fiscal year following the fiscal year in which the date of termination occurs.

The agreement also includes customary covenants running during Mr. So’s employment and for 12 months thereafter prohibiting Mr. So from directly or indirectly competing with the Company and from solicitation of employees, directors, officers, associates, consultants, agents or independent contractors, customers, suppliers, vendors and others having business relationships with the Company. The agreement also contains provisions relating to protection of the Company’s property, its confidential information

102


 

Table of Contents

and ownership of intellectual property as well as various other covenants and provisions customary for an agreement of this nature.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

The following table sets forth summary information of all compensation to our directors for services rendered during the year ended December 31, 2021:

 

 

Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash

 

 

Stock Awards

 

 

Total

 

Name (1)

 

($)

 

 

($) (2)

 

 

($)

 

Andrew Axelrod

 

 

110,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

110,000

 

Spencer E. Goldenberg

 

 

85,000

 

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

125,000

 

David Miller

 

 

90,000

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

110,000

 

Stephen J. Negrotti

 

 

205,000

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

225,000

 

Kevin D. Patrick

 

 

130,000

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

150,000

 

Patricia D. Wellenbach

 

 

180,000

 

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

200,000

 

(1)
Each director was entitled to an annual retainer of $100,000, which could be received in cash, restricted phantom shares or a combination of cash and restricted phantom shares at the director’s election. A minimum of $20,000 of the $100,000 annual retainer payable to each director was required to be deferred and credited quarterly, in the form of restricted phantom shares to each director, except for Mr. Axelrod who was not subject to the restricted phantom share retainer requirement due to his affiliation with Axar. Mr. Negrotti received an annual retainer of $25,000 as Chairman of our Audit Committee. Mr. Miller received an annual retainer of $10,000 for serving as Chairman of our Compensation Committee. Mr. Axelrod received an annual retainer of $10,000 for serving as Chairman of our Trust and Compliance Committee. Ms. Wellenbach and Messrs. Negrotti and Patrick each received $50,000 for serving on the Conflicts Committee. Also included in the amounts above are fees approved and paid during 2021 of $25,000 each to Ms. Wellenbach, Mr. Goldberg and Mr. Negrotti for serving on the Board’s special committee formed during 2020 to consider an equity investment by Axar and $25,000 each to Ms. Wellenbach and Mr. Negrotti for serving on the Board’s special committee formed during 2020 to consider and evaluate a transaction contemplated by proposal letter received in May 2020 from Axar.
(2)
The shares of restricted phantom common stock awarded as retainer compensation are credited to a mandatory deferred compensation account established for each such person. In addition, for each restricted phantom share in such account, the Company credits the account, solely in additional restricted phantom shares, an amount of dividend equivalent rights so as to provide the holders of restricted phantom stock a means of participating on a one-for-one basis in any dividends paid to holders of our common stock. Payments of the participant’s mandatory deferred compensation account will be made on the earliest of (i) separation of the participant from service as a director, (ii) disability, (iii) unforeseeable emergency, (iv) death or (v) change of control of the Company. Any such payment will be made at the Company’s election in the Company’s common shares or cash. As of December 31, 2021, the number of restricted phantom shares credited to each director’s deferred compensation account was as follows:

Andrew Axelrod

 

9,174.312

 

Spencer E. Goldenberg

 

52,338.700

 

David Miller

 

44,030.173

 

Stephen J. Negrotti

 

42,891.293

 

Kevin D. Patrick

 

8,308.526

 

Patricia D. Wellenbach

 

42,891.292

 

Effective January 1, 2022, the annual retainer for each director was increased to $140,000. Each director other than Mr. Axelrod will continue to be obligated to defer receipt of a minimum of $20,000 of the retainer, which would continue to be credited quarterly in the form of restricted phantom shares, but was also given the option, subject to approval by the Compensation, Nominating and Governance Committee, to request an increase in the deferred amount to up to $50,000, with any such request being made on or before December 15 with respect to the following year’s retainer.

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLANS

The Board, on behalf of the general partner of StoneMor Partners L.P., originally approved the incentive plan (as amended from time to time, the “2019 Plan”) effective March 27, 2019 and an amendment thereto on December 18, 2019 that increased to 8,500,000 the number of units authorized for issuance under the incentive plan. On December 31, 2019, the Board approved the assumption of the incentive plan and all outstanding awards thereunder by the Company. On May 5, 2020, the Board approved the second amendment to the incentive plan, which increased the number of shares of common stock reserved for delivery under the incentive plan by 1,375,000 shares, and our stockholders approved the 2019 Plan at the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

The 2019 Plan is intended to promote the interests of the Company by providing to employees, consultants and directors of the Company incentive compensation awards to encourage superior performance and enhance the Company’s ability to attract and

103


 

Table of Contents

retain the services of individuals who are essential for its growth and profitability and to encourage them to devote their best efforts to advancing the Company’s business.

Subject to adjustments due to recapitalization or reorganization, the maximum aggregate number of common shares which may be issued pursuant to all awards under the 2019 Plan is 9,875,000. Common shares withheld from an award or surrendered by a recipient to satisfy certain tax withholding obligations of the Company or in connection with the payment of an exercise price with respect to an award will not be considered to be common shares delivered under the 2019 Plan. If any award is forfeited, canceled, exercised, settled in cash or otherwise terminates or expires without the actual delivery of common shares pursuant to the award, the common shares subject to such award will be available again for awards under the 2019 Plan.

The 2019 Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee has full power and authority to: (i) designate participants; (ii) determine the type or types of awards to be granted to a participant; (iii) determine the number of common shares to be covered by awards; (iv) determine the terms and conditions of any award, including, without limitation, provisions relating to acceleration of vesting or waiver of forfeiture restrictions; (v) determine whether, to what extent, and under what circumstances awards may be vested, settled, exercised, canceled or forfeited; (vi) interpret and administer the 2019 Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to an award made under the 2019 Plan; (vii) establish, amend, suspend or waive such rules and regulations and delegate to and appoint such agents as it deems appropriate for the proper administration of the 2019 Plan; and (viii) make any other determination and take any other action that the Compensation Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the 2019 Plan. The Compensation Committee may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the 2019 Plan or an award agreement as the Compensation Committee deems necessary or appropriate.

Awards under the 2019 Plan may be in the form of: (i) incentive stock options qualified as such under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) (“Incentive Options”), (ii) options that do not qualify as incentive stock options (“Nonstatutory Options,” and together with Incentive Options, “Options”), (iii) stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), (iv) restricted stock awards (“Restricted Stock”), which may include tandem stock dividend rights (“SDRs”), (v) phantom stock (“Phantom Stock”), (vi) stock awards (“Stock Awards”), (vii) cash awards (“Cash Awards”), (viii) other stock-based awards (“Other Stock-Based Awards”), (ix) dividend equivalent rights, to be granted alone or in tandem with other Awards (other than Restricted Stock or Stock Awards) (“DERs”), (x) substitute awards (“Substitute Awards”), or (xi) performance-based awards (“Performance Awards”) (collectively referred to as “Awards”). Awards under the 2019 Plan may be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with or in substitution for any other award granted under the 2019 Plan. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other awards may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the other award. If an award is granted in substitution or exchange for another award, the Compensation Committee shall require the recipient to surrender the original award in consideration for the grant of the new award. Awards under the 2019 Plan may be granted in lieu of cash compensation, including in lieu of cash compensation. Summaries of the different types of awards are provided below:

Options. Under the 2019 Plan, the Committee may grant Options to Eligible Persons, including (i) Incentive Options and (ii) Nonstatutory Options. The exercise price of each Option granted under the 2019 Plan will be stated in the Option agreement and may vary; provided, however, that, the exercise price for an Option must not be less than the fair market value per share of Common Stock as of the date of grant of the Option (or in the case of an Incentive Option granted to an individual who owns equity possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of equity of the Company or any affiliate, 110% of the fair market value per share of Common Stock as of the date of grant). Options may be exercised as the Committee determines, but not later than ten years from the date of grant (or in the case of an Incentive Option granted to an individual who owns equity possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of equity of the Company or its affiliate, for a period of no more than five years following the date of grant). Incentive Options will not be granted more than ten years after the earlier of the adoption of the 2019 Plan or the approval of the 2019 Plan by the stockholders of the Company. Any Incentive Option that fails to comply with Section 422 of the Code for any reason will result in the reclassification of the Option as a Nonstatutory Option, which will be exercisable as such. The Committee will determine the methods and form of payment for the exercise price of an Option (including, in the discretion of the Committee, payment in shares of Common Stock, other Awards, net settlement, broker assisted exercise or other property) and the methods and forms in which shares of Common Stock will be delivered to a participant.

104


 

Table of Contents

SARs. An SAR is the right to receive, in cash or in shares of Common Stock, as determined by the Committee, an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the SAR. If an SAR is designed to comply with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-l(b)(5)(i)(A), it may be granted only to Eligible Persons that are also employees, consultants or directors performing services directly for the Company or an entity in a chain of entities that has a “controlling interest” in another entity or chain of entities, beginning with the Company and ending with the entity for which the individual provides services. SARs that are designed to be otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code and its regulations may be granted to any Eligible Person. The Committee will determine the time or times at which an SAR may be exercised in whole or in part. The grant price of an SAR granted under the 2019 Plan will be stated in the SAR agreement and may vary; provided, however, that all SARs shall have an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant unless the SAR is a Substitute Award.

Restricted Stock. An Award of Restricted Stock is a grant of shares of Common Stock subject to a risk of forfeiture, restrictions on transferability and any other restrictions imposed by the Committee in its discretion. The Committee has the authority to determine to whom Restricted Stock will be granted, the number of shares of Restricted Stock to be granted to each participant, the duration of any restrictions, the conditions under which the Restricted Stock will become vested or forfeited (including any events that would provide for accelerated vesting) and any other terms and conditions the Committee may establish with respect to Awards. During the restricted period applicable to the Restricted Stock, the Restricted Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, hypothecated, margined or otherwise encumbered by the participant. Restricted Stock may also provide the participant with an SDR with respect to the Restricted Stock, which may be subject to the same forfeiture and other restrictions as the Restricted Stock, as determined by the Committee. If restricted, SDRs will be held, without interest, until the related Restricted Stock vests or is forfeited, with the SDR being paid or forfeited at the same time, as the case may be. Absent a restriction on the SDRs in the Award agreement, SDRs will be paid to the holder of the Restricted Stock at the same time as cash dividends are paid by the Company to its stockholders.

Phantom Stock. A share of Phantom Stock is a notional share of Common Stock that entitles the participant to receive, no later than the 15th calendar day following vesting, a share of Common Stock or an amount of cash equal to the fair market value of a share of Common Stock, as determined by the Committee in its discretion. The Committee has the authority to determine the Eligible Person(s) to whom Phantom Stock will be granted, if any, the number of shares of Phantom Stock to be granted to each participant and any other terms and conditions that the Committee may establish, including with respect to vesting or forfeiture.

Stock Awards. Stock Awards are grants of shares of Common Stock that are not subject to a restricted period and are not subject to an exercise price or settlement features. The Committee may grant Stock Awards to any Eligible Person in such amounts as the Committee, in its sole discretion, may select.

Other Stock-Based Awards and Cash Awards. The Committee may grant Other Stock-Based Awards, which are Awards that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to or otherwise based on, or related to, shares of Common Stock, including, without limitation, convertible or exchangeable debt securities, other rights convertible or exchangeable into shares of Common Stock, purchase rights for shares of Common Stock, Awards with value and payment contingent upon performance of the Company or any other factors designated by the Committee and Awards valued by reference to the book value of shares of Common Stock or the value of securities of or the performance of specified affiliates of the Company. The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any such Other Stock-Based Award. Cash Awards may also be granted under the 2019 Plan as an element of or a supplement to any other Award or independent of any other Award.

DERs. A DER is a dividend equivalent right, granted alone or in tandem with a specific Award (other than Restricted Stock or a Stock Award), to receive with respect to each share of Common Stock subject to the Award an amount in cash equal to the cash dividends paid by the Company with respect to a share of Common Stock during the period such Award is outstanding. The DER may be paid directly to the participant, be credited to a bookkeeping account subject to the same vesting restrictions as the tandem Award, if any, or be subject to such other provisions or restrictions as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Absent a contrary provision in the Award agreement, DERs will be paid to the participant at the same time as cash dividends are paid by the Company to its stockholders.

Performance Awards. The grant, exercise or settlement of an Award may be conditioned on the satisfaction of certain performance criteria. The Committee shall determine the terms of any performance conditions attached to an Award, and the performance period for which those conditions will apply. Performance conditions may include, but are not limited to, the following: (A) earnings per share, (B) revenues, (C) cash flow, (D) cash flow from operations, (E) cash flow return, (F) return on net assets, (G) return on assets, (H) return on investment, (I) return on capital, (J) return on equity, (K) economic value added, (L) operating margin, (M) contribution margin, (N) net income, (O) net income per share, (P) pretax earnings, (Q) pretax earnings before interest, depreciation and amortization, (R) pretax operating earnings after interest expense and before incentives, service fees

105


 

Table of Contents

and extraordinary or special items, (S) total stockholder return, (T) debt reduction, (U) market share, (V) change in the fair market value of the Common Stock, (W) operating income and (X) any of the above goals determined on an absolute or relative basis or as compared to the performance of a published or special index deemed applicable by the Committee including, but not limited to, the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index or a group of comparable companies. Performance goals may differ for performance awards granted to any one participant or to different participants. Performance goals shall be established by the Committee not later than 90 days after the beginning of any performance period applicable to such Award.

Substitute Awards. Substitute Awards may be granted in substitution for similar awards held by individuals who become Eligible Persons as a result of a merger, consolidation or acquisition by the Company or its affiliate of another entity or the assets of another entity. Awards may also be granted in substitution for any other Award granted under the 2019 Plan or any award granted under any other plan of the Company or any of its affiliates. If an Award is granted in substitution for another Award, the Committee shall require the surrender of such other Award in consideration for the grant of the new Award.

Change in Control

Upon a change of control of the Company, the Compensation Committee may undertake one or more of the following actions, which may vary among individual holders and awards: (i) remove forfeiture restrictions on any award; (ii) accelerate the time of exercisability or lapse of a restricted period; (iii) provide for cash payment with respect to outstanding awards by requiring the mandatory surrender of all or some of outstanding awards; (iv) cancel awards that remain subject to a restricted period without payment to the recipient of the award; or (v) make certain adjustments to outstanding awards as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate.

If a director’s membership on the Board terminates for any reason, or an employee’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason, his or her unvested awards will be automatically forfeited unless, and then only to the extent that, our Compensation Committee or grant agreements provide otherwise.

The 2019 Plan became effective on the date of its approval by the Board as of December 18, 2019. The 2019 Plan will continue in effect until the earliest of (i) the date determined by the Board; (ii) the date that all common shares available under the 2019 Plan have been delivered to participants; or (iii) the tenth anniversary of the approval of the 2019 Plan by the Board. The authority of the Board or the Compensation Committee to amend or terminate any award granted prior to such termination, as well as the awards themselves, will extend beyond such termination date.

106


 

Table of Contents

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The following table shows the amount and percentage of the outstanding shares of our common stock that each of our named executive officers, each of our directors, each person whom we believe beneficially owns 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock and all of our directors and executive officers as a group as of March 1, 2022. Unless otherwise indicated, the beneficial owner named in the table is deemed to have sole voting and sole dispositive power of the shares of common stock set forth opposite such beneficial owner’s name.

Name of Beneficial Owner

 

Position

 

Amount of
Beneficial
Ownership

 

 

Percent
of Class

 

Joseph M. Redling(1)

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director

 

 

1,401,334

 

 

 

1.2

%

Jeffrey DiGiovanni(2)

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

59,182

 

 

*

 

Austin K. So

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

 

 

133,100

 

 

*

 

Andrew Axelrod(3)(4)

 

Director

 

 

88,633,045

 

 

 

74.9

%

Spencer E. Goldenberg

 

Director

 

 

10,000

 

 

*

 

David Miller

 

Director

 

 

941,432

 

 

*

 

Stephen J. Negrotti

 

Director

 

 

48,634

 

 

*

 

Kevin D. Patrick

 

Director

 

 

 

 

*

 

Patricia D. Wellenbach

 

Director

 

 

6,064

 

 

*

 

All current directors and executive officers as a group (11 persons)

 

 

91,179,323

 

 

 

77.1

%

Axar Capital Management, LP (1330 Avenue of the Americas, 30th Floor, New York, NY 10019)(4)

 

 

88,633,045

 

 

 

74.9

%

*
Less than one percent
(1)
Excludes 234,375 shares of restricted common stock included in the award of 750,000 restricted common units granted to Mr. Redling in 2018 and 312,500 shares of unvested restricted common stock granted in 2020.
(2)
Excludes 56,500 shares of unvested restricted common stock granted in 2020.
(3)
Represents shares beneficially owned by Axar Capital Management, LP as investment manager for certain funds and managed accounts with respect to the shares they hold. Mr. Axelrod is the sole member of Axar GP, LLC, the general partner of Axar Capital Management, LP.
(4)
Information other than percentage of class beneficially owned is based on a Schedule 13D/A filed on September 24, 2021.

The following table details information regarding the 2019 Plan as of December 31, 2021:

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

Plan category

 

Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights(1)

 

 

Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights

 

 

Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))

 

 

 

(a)

 

 

(b)

 

 

( c)

 

Equity compensation plan approved by security holders

 

 

6,075,000

 

 

$

1.27

 

 

 

830,512

 

Equity compensation plan not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

6,075,000

 

 

$

1.27

 

 

 

830,512

 

(1)
Excludes 149,783 phantom shares and 1,128,125 restricted shares awarded under the 2019 Plan.

For more information related to our 2019 Plan, see Note 11 Long-Term Incentive Plan to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report.

107


 

Table of Contents

INDEPENDENCE OF DIRECTORS

For a list of our directors as of March 1, 2022, see Part III, Item 10, Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance in this Annual Report. Our Board has concluded that all of our directors other than Andrew M. Axelrod and Joseph M. Redling, and all of the members of our Audit Committee and our Compensation Committee, are independent within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards.

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS POLICY AND PROCEDURES

As set forth in the Audit Committee charter, it is our policy that we will not enter into any transaction that would need to be disclosed in this Item 13 unless the Audit Committee or another independent body of the Board first reviewed and approved the transaction. In March 2021 our Board established and approved a charter for the Conflicts Committee which delegates to the Conflicts Committee the responsibility for reviewing and, as it determines appropriate, rejecting or approving or recommending to the Board that it approve such transactions.

As of March 1, 2022, Axar beneficially owned 74.9% of our outstanding common stock, which constituted a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of NYSE corporate governance standards. For discussion on certain risks and uncertainties attributable to us being a controlled company, see Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Annual Report.

In January 2020, our trusts completed the purchase of a $30 million participation in a new $70 million debt facility issued by a discount shoe retailer (the “Shoe Retailer”). Funds and accounts affiliated with Axar also invested $20 million in this facility. The investment was initially proposed by the Chairman of the Board, Mr. Axelrod. The investment was reviewed and approved in December 2019 in accordance with the Partnership’s governance policies in place at that time. At the time of the investment, the funds and accounts affiliated with Axar owned approximately 30% of the equity of the Shoe Retailer, and Mr. Axelrod served on the Shoe Retailer’s board of directors. The amount of the investment represented approximately 4% of the total fair market value of the Company’s trust assets when it was made.

On April 1, 2020, we entered into a letter agreement (the “Axar Commitment”) with Axar pursuant to which Axar committed to (a) purchase shares of our Series A Preferred Stock with an aggregate purchase price of $8.8 million on April 3, 2020, (b) exercise its basic rights in the rights offering by tendering the shares of Series A Preferred Stock so purchased for shares of our common stock, $0.01 par value per share and (c) purchase any shares offered in the rights offering for which other stockholders do not exercise their rights, up to a maximum of an additional $8.2 million of such shares. We did not pay Axar any commitment, backstop or other fees in connection with the Axar Commitment.

On April 3, 2020, as contemplated by the Axar Commitment, we and Axar CL SPV LLC, Star V Partners LLC and Blackwell Partners LLC –Series E. (the “2020 Purchasers”) entered into a Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement pursuant to which we sold 176 shares of our Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, for a cash price of $50,000 per share, an aggregate of $8.8 million. The 2020 Purchasers are funds or accounts managed by Axar.

On May 27, 2020, we entered into a Common Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Common Stock Purchase Agreement”) with Axar, the accounts managed by Axar set forth on Schedule B thereto and one or more accounts managed by Axar to be designated by it (collectively, the “Purchasers”) pursuant to which we agreed to sell an aggregate of 23,287,672 shares of our Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share to the Purchasers at a price of $0.73 per share, an aggregate of $17.0 million. Because our common stock had been trading at a price less than the $0.73 subscription price for the rights offering described above and that under similar circumstances our previous rights offering received only 10% participation, our Board of Directors determined and Axar agreed in the Common Stock Purchase Agreement to amend the Axar Commitment to provide for a direct purchase of the 23,287,672 shares of common stock and avoid the expense of proceeding with the rights offering while obtaining the same per share and aggregate purchase price contemplated by the Axar Commitment.

On June 19, 2020, we completed the sale of the aggregate of 23,287,672 shares of our Common Stock (the “New Common Shares”) as contemplated by the Common Stock Purchase Agreement. We issued and sold to the Purchasers, and the Purchasers acquired and purchased from us, (a) 12,054,795 New Common Shares in exchange for the surrender of 176 shares of Preferred Shares purchased on April 3, 2020, with a stated value of $8.8 million (an exchange ratio of 68,493.15 New Common Shares for each share of Series A Preferred Stock surrendered), and (b) 11,232,877 New Common Shares for a cash purchase price of $0.73 per share, an aggregate of $8.2 million.

108


 

Table of Contents

On May 27, 2020, we announced that we received the Proposal, dated May 24, 2020, from Axar proposing to acquire all of our outstanding shares of common stock not owned by Axar or its affiliates for $0.67 per share in cash, subject to certain conditions. On May 26, 2020, our Board of Directors formed the Special Committee consisting of independent directors to consider and evaluate the transaction contemplated by the Proposal. The Special Committee retained independent legal and financial advisors to assist in its review and evaluation of the proposed transaction and had been authorized by the Board to reject the proposed transaction or to recommend that the Board of Directors approve the terms of the proposed transaction. On June 16, 2020, we announced that the Special Committee sent a letter to Axar informing it that, after reviewing the Proposal, it had rejected the price proposed by Axar as inadequate. On July 31, 2020, we announced that the Special Committee of the board of directors had received an Amended Proposal from Axar proposing to acquire all of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company not owned by Axar or its affiliates for $0.80 per share in cash, subject to certain conditions. On September 8, 2020, we announced that Axar, after determining that it would not be able to reach an agreement with the Special Committee on terms that would be satisfactory to Axar, had withdrawn its proposal to acquire all of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company not owned by Axar or its affiliates.

On February 1, 2021, Cornerstone Trust Management Services LLC (“Cornerstone”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a Subadvisor Agreement (the “Agreement”) with Axar. The sole member of Axar’s general partner is Andrew M. Axelrod, who serves as the Chairman of the Company’s Board of Directors. In connection with the execution of the Agreement, Mr. Axelrod resigned as a member of the Trust and Compliance Committee of the Board.

Pursuant to the charter of the Trust Committee, the retention of Axar as a subadvisor and the Agreement were first reviewed and approved by the Trust Committee, subject to the condition that the retention of Axar and the Agreement also be approved by a Board committee comprised exclusively of independent directors. Given the Axar relationship, the Board appointed a special committee to review the retention of Axar and the Agreement, which subsequently also approved the retention of Axar and the terms of the Agreement. Both the Trust Committee and the special committee concluded that Axar had the appropriate experience and performance record that would assist Cornerstone in performing its investment advisory obligations for the Company, that the retention of Axar would provide back-office operational efficiencies to Cornerstone and that the financial terms were at least as favorable to Cornerstone as the terms that would be available from other unaffiliated subadvisors, if not more favorable.

Under the terms of the Agreement, Axar agreed to provide the following services with respect to the assets held in the Company’s merchandise and perpetual care trust (the “Trusts”) and certain pooled investment vehicles administered by the trustee of the Trusts (the “Trustee”) in which certain of the Trusts participate or invest (collectively, the “Investment Assets”):

Advise Cornerstone with respect to the allocation and investment of the Investment Assets on a non-discretionary basis, including providing advice concerning portfolio allocation among investment strategies;
Oversee other subcontractors or external managers engaged by Cornerstone to provide advice with respect to the Investment Assets;
Provide quarterly investment performance reports to and meet on a quarterly basis with the Trust Committee;
As requested by Cornerstone from time to time, perform the tasks and responsibilities delegated by the Trust Committee to Cornerstone under the Company’s investment policy statement; and
As requested by Cornerstone, assist Cornerstone in performing its duties by providing general back office and administrative support to Cornerstone and, at Cornerstone’s reasonable request, the Trustee.

Under the Agreement, Axar will be entitled to a quarterly fee equal to 0.0125% of the value of the Investment Assets through December 31, 2021 and, thereafter, a quarterly fee equal to 0.025% of the value of the Investment Assets. In each case, the value of the Investment Assets will be determined by the Trustee. The Agreement also includes customary confidentiality and indemnification provisions. Mr. Axelrod also serves at the discretion of our trusts as a director of a children’s retailer in which our trusts hold an equity interest, for which he receives annual director fees from that company of $80,000. Mr. Axelrod also serves as director of a Nevada company in which our trusts hold an equity interest, for which he receives annual director fees from that company of $75,000. In addition, he and an additional Axar employee serve as directors of the Shoe Retailer, for which each of them receives annual director fees from the Shoe Retailer of $100,000.

The initial term of the Agreement is through December 31, 2021 and it automatically renews for an unlimited number of one-year terms thereafter, provided that either party may terminate the Agreement on 90 days’ prior written notice.

On April 13, 2021, the Company reimbursed American Infrastructure Funds LLC (“AIM”), an entity controlled by Robert B. Hellman, Jr., a former Chairman and member of the Company's Board of Directors, $0.6 million for certain expenses incurred

109


 

Table of Contents

by AIM in responding to a document production request from the SEC in connection with an SEC investigation of the Company and StoneMor GP that was settled in December 2019.

The Company is a party to a Nomination and Director Voting Agreement dated as of September 17, 2018 (as amended on February 4, 2019, June 27, 2019, November 3, 2020 and November 20, 2020, the “DVA”) with Axar, certain funds and managed accounts for which it serves as investment manager and its general partner, Axar GP, LLC (collectively, the “Axar Entities”), StoneMor GP Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and formerly the sole member of StoneMor GP (“GP Holdings”), and Robert B. Hellman, Jr., as trustee under the Voting and Investment Trust Agreement for the benefit of American Cemeteries Infrastructure Investors LLC (“ACII” and, collectively with GP Holdings, the “ACII Entities”). Under the DVA, and subject to certain conditions and exceptions, the Axar Entities and their affiliates are prohibited from acquiring additional shares of the Company’s Common Stock. On April 13, 2021, the Axar Entities, the ACII Entities and the Company entered into a letter agreement (the “Waiver”) pursuant to which the Axar Entities were permitted to acquire some or all of the shares of the Company’s Common Stock held by ACII and its affiliates in a single privately negotiated transaction and not in the open market. The terms of the Waiver were approved by the Conflicts Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. The waiver was subject to the following conditions:

any such purchase be consummated on or before May 31, 2021;
the Company, the Axar Entities and the ACII Entities have entered into a further amendment to the DVA to clarify that the standstill period applicable to the Axar Entities will expire on December 31, 2023;
Axar will vote or direct the voting of all shares of the Company’s Common Stock it beneficially owns in favor of amendments to Article VIII of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation (the “Charter”) relating to amendments of the Company’s Bylaws and Article X of the Charter with respect to any amendment or repeal of Article V, Article VI(c), Article VII(a)-(d), Article VIII, Article X or Article XI of the Charter to increase the required stockholder approval required thereunder from “at least sixty six and two thirds percent (66 2/3%)” to “at least eighty-five percent (85%) (collectively, the “Supermajority Provisions”);” and
pending the effectiveness of such amendment to Article VIII and Article X of the Charter, Axar would not vote or direct the voting of any shares of the Company’s Common Stock in favor of any proposal to which the Supermajority Provisions are applicable unless such proposal has been approved by the Company’s Board of Directors and its Conflicts Committee.

As contemplated by the Waiver, on April 13, 2021, the Company, the Axar Entities and the ACII Entities also entered into the Fifth Amendment to the DVA pursuant to which the parties clarified that the standstill period applicable to the Axar Entities thereunder would expire on December 31, 2023.

On September 27, 2021, the Company announced that it had received the Letter dated September 22, 2021 from Axar in which Axar expressed an interest in pursuing discussions concerning strategic alternatives that may be beneficial to the Company and its various stakeholders. Axar has engaged Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP as its legal advisor and stated in the Letter that it would engage a financial advisor at the appropriate time. According to the Letter, Axar expected that any such discussions would be conducted with a special committee of the Board, assisted by financial and legal advisors engaged by such committee. The Letter also stated that any transaction involving Axar arising from such discussions would be conditioned upon, among other things, approval of the special committee and the Board, the negotiation and execution of mutually satisfactory definitive agreements and customary terms. The Letter also stated that any transaction structured as a take-private transaction would be subject to a closing condition that the approval of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares not owned by Axar or its affiliates be obtained. On September 26, 2021, the Board authorized its Conflicts Committee, which is comprised of independent directors Stephen J. Negrotti, Kevin Patrick and Patricia Wellenbach, to engage in the discussions contemplated by the Letter, including the authority to engage in discussions concerning and to negotiate the terms and provisions of any strategic alternative the Conflicts Committee determines to be appropriate in connection with such discussions. Under its charter, the Conflicts Committee has the authority to reject, approve or recommend that the Board approve any transaction that is a related party transaction, which would include any transaction to which Axar is a party. The Conflicts Committee has retained independent legal and financial advisors to assist in such discussions. Following receipt of the Letter and until recently, the Conflicts Committee and its counsel had engaged in discussions with Axar and Axar’s counsel, which evolved to focus on a potential offer by Axar to acquire the shares of the Company that are not owned by Axar or its affiliates. While these negotiations had been productive, the Conflicts Committee and Axar had not come to agreement on any price that Axar would pay for such shares or on certain other terms of any transaction, and there can be no assurance that any agreement would be reached in the future. Negotiations between the Conflicts Committee and Axar were recently tabled in light of the work undertaken by the Conflicts Committee with respect to the independent review of certain investments by our trusts in which Axar had an interest.

110


 

Table of Contents

The Conflicts Committee may at any time determine to resume such negotiations, but there can be no assurance that even if such negotiations are resumed, any agreement with respect to a take-private transaction will be executed or that this or any other transaction will be approved or consummated. The Company does not undertake any obligation to provide any updates with respect to these matters except as required under applicable law.

On March 9, 2021, our trusts purchased an aggregate of 43,681,528 shares (the “Nevada Company Shares”) of common stock of a Nevada company whose primary assets now consist of cash and tax-related assets (the “Nevada Company”), representing approximately 27% of the outstanding common stock of the Nevada Company, from three private investment funds (the “Nevada Company Sellers”) for an aggregate cash purchase price of $18.0 million. Axar had originally agreed to acquire the Nevada Company Shares pursuant to a Securities Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2020, among the Nevada Company Sellers and Axar (the “Nevada Company Purchase Agreement”). On February 1, 2021, pursuant to the Subadvisor Agreement described above, Axar recommended to Cornerstone that our trusts purchase the Nevada Company Shares. Pursuant to that recommendation, on February 4, 2021, Axar and our trusts entered into an Assignment and Assumption Agreement (the “Nevada Company Assignment Agreement”), pursuant to which Axar agreed to assign its rights under the Nevada Company Purchase Agreement to our trusts and our trusts agreed to assume Axar’s obligations thereunder. Axar did not receive any additional consideration from our trusts for this assignment and has represented to us that it did not receive any consideration for this assignment from any other person.

The Nevada Company Sellers and Axar entered into the Nevada Company Purchase Agreement while the Subadvisor Agreement was being finalized. Axar has informed us that it entered into the Nevada Company Purchase Agreement with the intention that our trusts would purchase the Nevada Company Shares directly from the Nevada Company Sellers. Axar has represented to Cornerstone that it is not, and at the time it entered into the Nevada Company Purchase Agreement was not, affiliated with any of the Nevada Company Sellers and did not control and was not an affiliate of Nevada Company at the time it executed the Nevada Company Purchase Agreement or when our trusts purchased the Nevada Company Shares. Axar has recently represented to us that, at the time the Nevada Company Purchase Agreement was signed and at all times thereafter until our trusts completed their purchase of the Nevada Company Shares, funds and accounts affiliated with Axar owned approximately 13.8% of Nevada Company’s outstanding common stock, and that Andrew Axelrod was elected to the board of directors of the Nevada Company on December 31, 2020. However, although Axar as a subadvisor to Cornerstone was obligated to disclose any conflicts of interest with respect to its recommendations, neither of these facts was disclosed to Cornerstone at the time Axar recommended the purchase of the Nevada Company Shares. The Company does not have any interest in the Nevada Company, other than our trusts’ ownership of the Nevada Company Shares.

At the time the Nevada Company Assignment Agreement was executed, neither Cornerstone nor our trusts knew of Axar’s stock ownership in Nevada Company or that Mr. Axelrod was on Nevada Company’s board. Consequently, neither the Board’s Trust and Compliance Committee, as required by the Company’s investment policy, nor the Board’s Audit Committee, as required by its charter, had the opportunity to review and to approve or disapprove our trusts’ execution of the Nevada Company Assignment Agreement or their consummation of the purchase of the Nevada Company Shares contemplated thereby.

On May 15, 2021, our trusts entered into a Participation Agreement with a real estate investment trust (the “REIT”) relating to a $52 million loan made by the REIT to certain real estate developers, which is secured by real property and bore interest at a rate of 15%. Our trusts’ participation was a $26 million investment (the “Real Estate Loan Participation”).

We have been informed by Axar that an Axar fund formerly controlled the management company of the REIT, the Cornerstone funds’ co-investor in this transaction, but that the Axar fund sold its interest in the management company on March 31, 2021, before our trusts entered into the Real Estate Loan Participation transaction. Axar has represented to us that Mr. Axelrod served on the REIT’s board, including as chairman of that board, from 2018 through November 2021, at which time he resigned from the REIT’s board. Axar has represented to us that Axar retained a 4.7% interest in the management company that manages the REIT and is entitled to 8.75% of any returns after a 6% return to other investors in the management company. Axar has advised us that, in connection with the sale of Axar’s interest in the management company, Axar is also entitled to a deferred payout of $300,000 per annum in the form of a consulting fee from the management company for capital markets and other strategic advice.

Although Axar as a subadvisor to Cornerstone was obligated to disclose any conflicts of interest with respect to its recommendations, it did not disclose its relationship with the REIT at the time it recommended this investment to Cornerstone. As a result, at the time our trusts obtained the Real Estate Loan Participation from the REIT, neither Cornerstone nor our trusts recognized that there was an existing relationship between Axar and any entities affiliated with the REIT, and neither the Board’s Trust and Compliance Committee, as required by the Company’s investment policy, nor the Board’s Conflicts Committee, as required by its charter, had the opportunity to review and to approve or disapprove the consummation of such transaction. The loan made by the REIT, including the Real Estate Loan Participation, was repaid in full on December 16, 2021, and our trusts

111


 

Table of Contents

received cash interest payments with respect to the Real Estate Loan Participation in the aggregate amount of $2.4 million, representing all interest payable to our trusts under the Real Estate Loan Participation. As of December 31, 2021, our trusts have no ongoing interest in this investment.

On May 17, 2021, our trusts entered into a Loan Agreement with a hotel investor and developer and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Hotel Fund”), which was amended and restated on October 12, 2021 (such agreement, as so amended and restated, the “Hotel Fund Loan Agreement”) and subsequently amended on December 13, 2021 and March 7, 2022. Pursuant to the Hotel Fund Loan Agreement, our trusts provided a $33.2 million mezzanine loan to the Hotel Fund on May 19, 2021 as part of a $162.2 million loan facility originated by an unaffiliated loan fund. The participation by our trusts was based on the recommendation of Axar under the Subadvisor Agreement. As part of the same transaction, funds and other accounts affiliated with or managed by Axar loaned $10.0 million to the Hotel Fund on the same terms as the trusts’ loans, representing the balance of the $43.2 million mezzanine loan, and our trusts and the Axar funds and accounts each received an origination fee equal to 4% of their respective loan amounts. The principal amount of these loans is payable on October 12, 2023, subject to acceleration under the circumstances described in the Hotel Fund Loan Agreement, and bear interest at an adjustable rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus a spread. On February 15, 2022, the administrative agent for the lenders under the Hotel Fund Loan Agreement delivered a reservation of rights letter to the Hotel Fund with respect to the Hotel Fund’s apparent failure to comply with several covenants in the Hotel Fund Loan Agreement, none of which related to payment of amounts due to the lenders. As of March 1, 2022, the interest rate was 18.75%. Through March 1, 2022, the trusts have received cash interest in the aggregate amount of $7.2 million on this loan from an interest and expense reserve account established for that purpose, representing all interest payable to our trusts under the Hotel Fund Loan Agreement.

Axar has represented to Cornerstone that it did not own, directly or indirectly, any equity or debt securities of the Hotel Fund prior to making the loan contemplated by the Hotel Fund Loan Agreement and did not control and was not an affiliate of the Hotel Fund. Axar has also advised us that it does not own, directly or indirectly, any equity or debt securities of the Hotel Fund other than through its participation in the mezzanine loan. At the time the trusts’ participation in the Hotel Fund Loan Agreement was being considered by Cornerstone, Axar had provided a draft of the Hotel Fund Loan Agreement to Cornerstone which reflected that funds and other accounts affiliated with or managed by Axar also intended to participate in the loan facility on the same terms and conditions as our trusts, but neither Cornerstone nor our trusts recognized that such participation represented a related party transaction, and Axar has represented to us that it did not recognize that such participation represented a related party transaction. Consequently, neither the Board’s Trust and Compliance Committee, as required by the Company’s investment policy, nor the Board’s Conflicts Committee, as required by its charter, had the opportunity to review and to approve or disapprove the consummation by our trusts of the transactions contemplated by the Hotel Fund Loan Agreement.

On September 27, 2021, our trusts entered into an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement (the “Holdco Loan Assignment”) with an insurance holding company (“Holdco”) and Holdco’s then current lender (the “Initial Lender”) pursuant to which the Initial Lender agreed to assign to our trusts all of its rights, duties and obligations under a Loan Agreement dated as of July 9, 2019 between the Initial Lender and Holdco (the “Holdco Loan Agreement”). The Initial Lender had previously declared Holdco in default under the terms of the Holdco Loan Agreement. At the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Holdco Loan Assignment on October 6, 2021, our trusts paid the Initial Lender $28.7 million in cash, which equaled the then outstanding principal balance of the loan under the Holdco Loan Agreement (the “Holdco Loan”). The Company was not affiliated with either Holdco or the Initial Lender and Axar has represented to Cornerstone that it did not control and was not an affiliate of either Holdco or the Initial Lender. Also on September 27, 2021, our trusts and Holdco entered into the First Amendment to Loan Agreement (the “Amended Holdco Loan Agreement”) pursuant to which, among other changes, the defaults asserted by the Initial Lender were waived and the interest rate on the Holdco Loan was increased from 10%, all of which had been payable in kind by increasing the principal balance of the loan, to 15%, of which 10% continued to be payable in kind and 5% was payable in cash. In addition, the Amended Holdco Loan Agreement accelerated the maturity of the Holdco Loan to the earliest of the first anniversary of the closing (subject to a six month extension at the request of Holdco with the consent of our trusts) and the occurrence of certain other events described further below. As of March 1, 2022, the interest rate on the Holdco Loan remained at 15%. Through March 1, 2022, the trusts have received cash interest in the aggregate amount of $0.8 million on the Holdco Loan and additional interest in the form of an increase in the principal balance of the Holdco Loan in the amount of $1.2 million, representing all interest payable to our trusts under the Amended Loan Agreement.

Also on September 27, 2021, Axar entered into a letter agreement with Holdco (the “Transaction Letter Agreement”) pursuant to which Holdco agreed, in order to induce Axar to enter into the Amended Holdco Loan Agreement, that it would, if requested by Axar, enter into an agreed-upon form of purchase agreement for the sale of the outstanding capital stock of its wholly-owned insurance company subsidiary (the “Holdco Subsidiary”) to Axar for a purchase price of $100 million, subject to certain conditions including completion by Axar of a customary due diligence investigation and regulatory approval of the transaction by the state insurance regulator. Recently, Axar advised us that the state insurance regulators had advised Axar that regulatory

112


 

Table of Contents

approval of the transaction between Axar and Holdco would not be granted because the contemplated purchase price included a $40 million note to be issued to Holdco, and, as a result, after further negotiations, that Holdco and Axar entered into a purchase agreement dated January 20, 2022, which provided for a cash purchase price of $75 million, less the outstanding amounts owed to our trusts under the Amended Holdco Loan Agreement and a fee that remained payable to the Initial Lender. Axar has advised us that the sale to Axar under the purchase agreement remains subject to regulatory approval. Because the Holdco Loan is secured by the stock of the Holdco Subsidiary, the Holdco Loan is required to be repaid in full upon the sale of the stock of the Holdco Subsidiary to Axar or any third party.

The Amended Holdco Loan Agreement provides that the Holdco Loan is due and payable on the earliest of (a) October 6, 2022 (subject to a six-month extension as discussed above), (b) an election by Holdco not to proceed with the transaction contemplated by the Transaction Letter Agreement, (c) a breach by Holdco of any of its obligations under the Transaction Letter Agreement or any purchase agreement executed with respect to the sale of Holdco Subsidiary or (d) the consummation of the sale of Holdco Subsidiary to Axar.

Also on September 27, 2021, (i) our trusts and Holdco entered into a letter agreement pursuant to which Holdco has paid our trusts a fee of $500,000 (the “StoneMor Trusts Fee Letter Agreement”) and (ii) Axar and Holdco entered into an Expense Fee Letter pursuant to which Holdco agreed to pay Axar’s due diligence expenses of up to $630,000 (the “Expense Fee Letter Agreement”). Entrance of Holdco into both the Expense Fee Letter Agreement and the StoneMor Trusts Fee Letter Agreement were conditions to the effectiveness of the Amended Holdco Loan Agreement.

The Transaction Letter Agreement and the Expense Fee Letter Agreement were referenced in the Amended Holdco Loan Agreement. Although Axar as a subadvisor to Cornerstone was obligated to disclose any conflicts of interest with respect to its recommendations, it did not provide a copy or disclose the terms or provisions of the Transaction Letter Agreement or Expense Fee Letter Agreement to Cornerstone at the time it recommended that our trusts enter into the Holdco Loan Assignment. As a result, at the time the Holdco Loan Assignment and the Amended Holdco Loan Agreement were executed, neither Cornerstone nor our trusts was aware of Axar’s right to acquire Holdco Subsidiary from Holdco. Consequently, neither the Board’s Trust and Compliance Committee, as required by the Company’s investment policy, nor the Board’s Conflicts Committee, as required by its charter, had the opportunity to review and to approve or disapprove the consummation by our trusts of the transactions contemplated by the Holdco Loan Assignment and the Amended Holdco Loan Agreement.

Our management identified the Nevada Company and Hotel Fund transactions as related party transactions in February 2022 in connection with the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. Upon management’s becoming aware of Axar’s interests in the Nevada Company and Hotel Fund transactions, management reported such interests to the chairs of the Conflicts Committee and the Trust and Compliance Committee, and upon Axar advising the Company of Axar’s involvement in the Holdco transaction, management reported it to the chair of the Conflicts Committee.

Upon learning of Axar’s interests in the Nevada Company and Hotel Fund transactions, the Conflicts Committee promptly commenced an independent review of all Axar’s investment recommendations to Cornerstone, including those trust investments in which Axar was involved, and directed its counsel to assist with its review. Axar’s interests in the purchase of the Nevada Company Shares, the Real Estate Loan Participation, the Hotel Fund Transaction, the Holdco transaction and certain other transactions were specifically reviewed and evaluated in March 2022 in connection with such review.

As a result of these findings, our management reconsidered the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures and determined that those controls were not designed and thus did not operate effectively in the prior quarterly periods to allow us to identify related party transactions that were required to be disclosed, which we determined to be a material weakness. For a further discussion of the ineffectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, see Part II, Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. As part of its plan to remediate this material weakness, Cornerstone now requires specific certifications from Axar with respect to any relationship or affiliation with or security ownership position in any entity in whose securities any of Cornerstone’s subadvisors recommends our trusts invest, as well as specific disclosure by Axar of any participation by Axar in any such investment. Cornerstone also intends to implement additional procedures regarding its review of recommendations by its subadvisors, including a requirement for review and approval by a second officer of Cornerstone of any recommendations for investments over specified amounts. As part of implementing such additional procedures, Cornerstone intends to conduct appropriate training for its employees with respect to these procedures.

113


 

Table of Contents

Based on their respective inquiries regarding the trusts’ investment portfolio and Axar’s investment recommendations with respect thereto, neither our management nor the Conflicts Committee is aware of any other related party transactions that would be required to be reported as “related party transactions” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Conflicts Committee is continuing its independent review of Axar’s investment recommendations to Cornerstone, including those trust investments in which Axar was involved, to determine what additional action may be appropriate for Cornerstone and the Company to take with respect thereto.

In December 2021, the Company reimbursed $0.2 million on behalf of Andrew Axelrod for certain expenses incurred by Mr. Axelrod in responding to a document production request in the Fried v. Axelrod legal matter discussed above pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s bylaws. See Note 14 Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this Annual Report.

PARENTS OF SMALLER REPORTING COMPANIES

As a smaller reporting company, we are required to list all “parents” of the Company showing the basis of control and, as to each such parent, the percentage of voting securities owned or other basis of control by its immediate parent. For this purpose, a “parent” is an affiliate that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls an entity. The only person that we believe is or may be deemed to be a “parent” of the Company is Axar Capital Management, LP based on (i) its ownership of 88,633,045, or approximately 74.9%, of our outstanding common stock and (ii) the fact that Andrew M. Axelrod, the Chairman of our Board, is the sole member of the general partner of Axar Capital Management, LP.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The following table sets forth the aggregate fees paid or accrued for professional services rendered by Grant Thornton LLP for the audit of our annual financial statements for fiscal years 2021 and 2020 and audit-related services rendered by Grant Thornton LLP for fiscal years 2021 and 2020:

 

 

Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Audit fees

 

$

2,195,022

 

 

$

1,963,910

 

The category of “Audit fees” includes fees for our annual audit, quarterly reviews and services rendered in connection with regulatory filings with the SEC, such as providing consents for our various registration statements.

All above audit services and audit-related services were pre-approved by the Audit Committee, which concluded that the provision of such services by Grant Thornton LLP was compatible with the maintenance of each firm’s independence in the conduct of its auditing functions. The Audit Committee’s outside auditor independence policy provides for pre-approval of all services performed by the outside auditors.

114


 

Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS INDEX AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)
Financial Statements
(1)
The following financial statements of StoneMor Inc. are included in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data:

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2)
Other schedules have not been included either because they are not applicable or because the information is included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “Annual Report”).
(b)
The documents listed in the Exhibit Index of this Annual Report are filed with or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report, in each case as indicated therein (numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K).

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

 

Form

 

Exhibit

 

Filing Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1*

 

Certificate of Incorporation of StoneMor Inc.

 

8-K

 

3.1

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2*

 

Certificate of Designation of Preferences, Rights and Limitations of Series A Preferred Stock of StoneMor Inc.

 

10-K

 

3.2

 

April 7, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.3*

 

Certificate of Elimination of the Certificate of Designation of Preferred Stock of StoneMor Inc.

 

10-Q

 

3.3

 

November 16, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.4*

 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of StoneMor Inc.

 

10-Q

 

3.4

 

November 16, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.5*

 

Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of StoneMor Inc.

 

10-Q

 

3.5

 

August 13, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.6*

 

Bylaws of StoneMor Inc.

 

8-K

 

3.2

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1*

 

Description of Common Stock

 

10-K

 

4.9

 

April 7, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.2*

 

Indenture, dated as of May 11, 2021, by and among StoneMor Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, including the form of 8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2029.

 

8-K

 

4.1

 

May 12, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.3*

 

Form of 8.500% Senior Secured Notes due 2029 (included in Exhibit 4.9 hereto).

 

8-K

 

4.2

 

May 12, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.4*

 

Security Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2021, by and among StoneMor Inc., the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as collateral agent.

 

8-K

 

4.3

 

May 12, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

115


 

Table of Contents

10.1*

 

Lease Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2013, by and among StoneMor Operating, LLC, StoneMor Pennsylvania LLC and StoneMor Pennsylvania Subsidiary LLC, the Archdiocese of Philadelphia, and StoneMor Partners L.P., solely in its capacity as guarantor

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

October 2, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2*

 

Amendment No. 1 to Lease Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2014, by and among StoneMor Operating, LLC, StoneMor Pennsylvania LLC and StoneMor Pennsylvania Subsidiary LLC, the Archdiocese of Philadelphia, and StoneMor Partners L.P., solely in its capacity as guarantor

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

March 26, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3*

 

Amendment No. 2 to Lease Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2014, by and among StoneMor Operating, LLC, StoneMor Pennsylvania LLC, StoneMor Pennsylvania Subsidiary LLC, the Archdiocese of Philadelphia, and StoneMor Partners L.P.

 

10-Q

 

10.3

 

August 8, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4*

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 27, 2019 by and among StoneMor Partners L.P., StoneMor GP LLC, SMP SPV LLC, Star V Partners LLC, Blackwell Partners LLC –Series E, David Miller, MPF Investco 6, LLC, MPF Investco 7, LLC, MPF Investco 8, LLC, The Mangrove Partners Fund, L.P. and The Mangrove Partners Fund (Cayman Partnership), L.P.

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

June 28, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5*

 

Registration Rights Agreement dated as of January 30, 2020 by and among StoneMor Inc., American Cemeteries Infrastructure Investors, LLC, StoneMor GP Holdings, LLC and certain funds and managed accounts for which Axar Capital Management, LP serves as investment manager

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

February 4, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6*

 

Amendment to Registration Rights Agreement dated as of June 19, 2020 by and among StoneMor Inc., American Cemeteries Infrastructure Investors, LLC, StoneMor GP Holdings, LLC and certain funds and managed accounts for which Axar Capital Management, LP serves as investment manager

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

June 25, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7*

 

Asset Sale Agreement dated as of December 4, 2019 by and among Carriage Funeral Holdings, Inc., StoneMor California Subsidiary, Inc. and StoneMor California, Inc.

 

8-K

 

2.1

 

December 5, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.8*

 

Series A Preferred Unit Purchase Agreement dated as of June 27, 2019 by and among StoneMor Partners L.P., SMP SPV LLC, Star V Partners LLC, Blackwell Partners LLC –Series E, David Miller, MPF Investco 6, LLC, MPF Investco 7, LLC, MPF Investco 8, LLC, The Mangrove Partners Fund, L.P. and The Mangrove Partners Fund (Cayman Partnership), L.P.

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

June 28, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.9*

 

Nomination and Director Voting Agreement dated as of September 27, 2018 by and among StoneMor GP LLC, Axar Capital Management, LP, Axar GP, LLC, Axar Master Fund, Ltd., StoneMor GP Holdings, LLC and Robert B. Hellman, Jr., as trustee under the Voting and Investment Trust Agreement for the benefit of American Cemeteries Infrastructure Investors LLC.

 

10-K

 

10.10

 

April 7, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.10*

 

First Amendment to Nomination and Director Voting Agreement dated as of February 4, 2019 by and among StoneMor GP LLC, Axar Capital Management, LP, Axar GP, LLC, Axar Master Fund, Ltd., StoneMor GP Holdings, LLC and Robert B. Hellman, Jr., as trustee under the Voting and Investment Trust Agreement for the benefit of American Cemeteries Infrastructure Investors LLC.

 

10-K

 

10.11

 

April 7, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

116


 

Table of Contents

10.11*

 

Second Amendment to Nomination and Director Voting Agreement dated as of June 27. 2019 by and among StoneMor GP LLC, Axar Capital Management, LP, Axar GP, LLC, Axar Master Fund, Ltd., StoneMor GP Holdings, LLC and Robert B. Hellman, Jr., as trustee under the Voting and Investment Trust Agreement for the benefit of American Cemeteries Infrastructure Investors LLC.

 

10-K

 

10.12

 

April 7, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.12*

 

Third Amendment to Nomination and Director Voting Agreement dated as of November 3, 2020 by and among StoneMor GP LLC, Axar Capital Management, LP, Axar GP, LLC, Axar Master Fund, Ltd., StoneMor GP Holdings, LLC and Robert B. Hellman, Jr., as trustee under the Voting and Investment Trust Agreement for the benefit of American Cemeteries Infrastructure Investors LLC

 

8-K

 

2.2

 

November 9, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.13*

 

Fourth Amendment to Nomination and Director Voting Agreement dated as of November 20. 2020 by and among StoneMor GP LLC, Axar Capital Management, LP, Axar GP, LLC, Axar Master Fund, Ltd., StoneMor GP Holdings, LLC and Robert B. Hellman, Jr., as trustee under the Voting and Investment Trust Agreement for the benefit of American Cemeteries Infrastructure Investors LLC

 

8-K

 

2.2

 

November 23, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.14*

 

Fifth Amendment to Nomination and Director Voting Agreement dated as of April 13. 2021 by and among StoneMor Inc., Axar Capital Management, LP, Axar GP, LLC, Axar Master Fund, Ltd., StoneMor GP Holdings, LLC and Robert B. Hellman, Jr., as trustee under the Voting and Investment Trust Agreement for the benefit of American Cemeteries Infrastructure Investors LLC.

 

8-K

 

2.2

 

April 15, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.15†*

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between StoneMor GP LLC and Lawrence Miller, Robert B. Hellman, Jr., Fenton R. Talbott, Martin R. Lautman, William Shane, Allen R. Freedman, effective September 20, 2004

 

10-Q

 

10.9

 

November 15, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.16†*

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between StoneMor GP LLC and Howard Carver and Peter Grunebaum, effective February 16, 2007

 

10-Q

 

10.9

 

November 15, 2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.17†*

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between StoneMor GP LLC and Leo J. Pound and Jonathan Contos, dated February 26, 2015

 

10-Q

 

10.1

 

May 8, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.18†*

 

Indemnification Agreement, dated May 16, 2017, by and between StoneMor GP LLC and R. Paul Grady

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

May 22, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.19†*

 

Indemnification Agreement, effective May 16, 2017, by and between StoneMor GP LLC and Mark Miller

 

8-K

 

10.4

 

May 22, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.20†*

 

Indemnification Agreement, effective May 16, 2017, by and between StoneMor GP LLC and Robert A. Sick

 

8-K

 

10.5

 

May 22, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.21†*

 

Indemnification Agreement effective June 15, 2018 by and between StoneMor GP LLC and Patricia Wellenbach

 

8-K

 

10.6

 

June 18, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.22†*

 

Indemnification Agreement effective June 15, 2018 by and between StoneMor GP LLC and Stephen J. Negrotti

 

8-K

 

10.7

 

June 18, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.23†*

 

Indemnification Agreement effective July 16, 2019 by and between StoneMor GP LLC and Andrew M. Axelrod

 

8-K

 

10.8

 

July 22, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.24†*

 

Indemnification Agreement effective July 16, 2019 by and between StoneMor GP LLC and Spencer E. Goldenberg

 

8-K

 

10.9

 

July 22, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.25†*

 

Indemnification Agreement effective July 16, 2019 by and between StoneMor GP LLC and David Miller

 

8-K

 

10.10

 

July 22, 2019

 

117


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.26†*

 

Form of StoneMor Inc. Indemnification Agreement

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.27†*

 

Employment Agreement by and between Joseph M. Redling and StoneMor GP LLC, dated June 29, 2018

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

July 3, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.28†*

 

Employment Agreement dated September 19, 2019 by and between StoneMor GP LLC and Jeffrey DiGiovanni

 

8-K

 

10.3

 

September 19, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.29†*

 

Employment Agreement by and between Austin K. So and StoneMor GP LLC, dated June 15, 2018

 

8-K

 

10.3

 

June 18, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.30†*

 

StoneMor Amended and Restated 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

April 2, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.31†*

 

First Amendment to the StoneMor Amended and Restated 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

December 20, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.32†*

 

Second Amendment to the StoneMor Amended and Restated 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

May 11, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.33†

 

Third Amendment to the StoneMor Amended and Restated 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.34†*

 

Director Restricted Phantom Unit Agreement by and between StoneMor GP LLC and Andrew M. Axelrod

 

8-K

 

10.5

 

July 22, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.35†*

 

Amendment to Director Restricted Phantom Unit Agreement dated November 7, 2019 by and between StoneMor GP LLC and Andrew M. Axelrod

 

10-K

 

10.31

 

April 7, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.36†*

 

Director Restricted Phantom Unit Agreement by and between StoneMor GP LLC and Spencer E. Goldenberg

 

8-K

 

10.6

 

July 22, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.37†

 

Amendment to Director Restricted Phantom Unit Agreement by and between StoneMor GP LLC and Spencer E. Goldenberg

 

10-K

 

10.35

 

March 25, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.38†*

 

Director Restricted Phantom Unit Agreement by and between StoneMor GP LLC and David Miller

 

8-K

 

10.7

 

July 22, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.39†

 

Amendment to Director Restricted Phantom Unit Agreement dated December 15, 2021 by and between StoneMor Inc. and David Miller

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.40†*

 

Director Restricted Phantom Unit Agreement effective June 15, 2018 by and between StoneMor GP LLC and Stephen J. Negrotti

 

8-K

 

10.5

 

June 18, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.41†

 

Amendment to Director Restricted Phantom Unit Agreement dated December 15, 2021 by and between StoneMor Inc. and Stephen J. Negrotti

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.42†*

 

Director Restricted Phantom Unit Agreement effective June 15, 2018 by and between StoneMor GP LLC and Patricia D. Wellenbach

 

8-K

 

10.4

 

June 18, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.43†

 

Amendment to Director Restricted Phantom Unit Agreement dated December 15, 2021 by and between StoneMor Inc. and Patricia D. Wellenbach

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.44†*

 

Executive Restricted Unit Award Agreement dated July 18, 2018 by and between StoneMor GP LLC and Joseph M. Redling

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

July 24, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.45†*

 

Form of StoneMor Amended and Restated 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan Option Agreement

 

10-K

 

10.37

 

April 7, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.46†*

 

Form of StoneMor Amended and Restated 2019 Long Term Incentive Plan Option Agreement (Stock)

 

10-K

 

10.41

 

March 25, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.47†*

 

Form of StoneMor Amended and Restated 2019 Long-Term Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Award Agreement

 

10-K

 

10.42

 

March 25, 2021

 

118


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.48†*

 

Director Restricted Phantom Unit Agreement dated December 4, 2020 by and between StoneMor Inc. and Kevin D. Patrick

 

10-K

 

10.43

 

March 25, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.49†

 

Amendment to Director Restricted Phantom Unit Agreement dated December 15, 2021 by and between StoneMor Inc. and Kevin D. Patrick

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.50*

 

Asset Sale Agreement dated as of December 4, 2019 by and among Carriage Funeral Holdings, Inc., StoneMor California Subsidiary, Inc. and StoneMor California, Inc.

 

8-K

 

2.1

 

December 5, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.51*

 

Asset Sale Agreement dated as of November 6, 2020 by and among Clearstone Memorial Partners, LLC, StoneMor Oregon LLC, StoneMor Oregon Subsidiary LLC and StoneMor Washington, Inc.

 

8-K

 

2.1

 

November 9, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.52*

 

Letter Agreement dated April 1, 2020 by and between Axar Capital Management, LP and StoneMor Inc.

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

April 2, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.53*

 

Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated April 3, 2020 by and among StoneMor, Inc., Axar CL SPV LLC, Star V Partners LLC and Blackwell Partners LLC –Series E

 

10-K

 

10.45

 

April 7, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.54*

 

Master Services Agreement (Unionized Locations) dated April 2, 2020 by and between StoneMor Operating LLC and Rickert Landscaping, Inc.

 

10-K

 

10.46

 

April 7, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.55*

 

Master Services Agreement dated April 2, 2020 by and between StoneMor Operating LLC and Moon Landscaping, Inc.

 

10-K

 

10.47

 

April 7, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.56*

 

Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated May 27, 2020 by and among StoneMor Inc., Axar Capital Management, LP and the accounts set forth or to be set forth on Schedule A or Schedule B thereto

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

May 28, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.57*

 

Letter Agreement dated as of November 19, 2020 by and among StoneMor GP LLC, Axar Capital Management, LP, Axar GP, LLC, Axar Master Fund, Ltd., StoneMor GP Holdings, LLC and Robert B. Hellman, Jr., as trustee under the Voting and Investment Trust Agreement for the benefit of American Cemeteries Infrastructure Investors LLC

 

8-K

 

2.1

 

November 23, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.58*

 

Subadvisor Agreement dated as of February 1, 2021 by and between Cornerstone Trust Management Services, LLC and Axar Capital Management, LP.

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

February 2, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.59*

 

Letter Agreement dated as of April 13, 2021 by and among StoneMor Inc., Axar Capital Management, LP, Axar GP, LLC, Axar Master Fund, Ltd., StoneMor GP Holdings, LLC and Robert B. Hellman, Jr., as trustee under the Voting and Investment Trust Agreement for the benefit of American Cemeteries Infrastructure Investors LLC.

 

8-K

 

2.1

 

April 15, 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of Registrant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.1

 

Consent of Grant Thornton LLP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) of Joseph M. Redling, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a) of Jeffrey DiGiovanni, Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

119


 

Table of Contents

32.1

 

Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. § 1350) and Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(b) of Joseph M. Redling, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.2

 

Certification pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. § 1350) and Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(b) of Jeffrey DiGiovanni, Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.INS

 

Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Documents.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

104

 

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

* Incorporated by reference, as indicated

Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Not applicable.

120


 

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

STONEMOR INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2022

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Joseph M. Redling

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joseph M. Redling

 

 

 

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signatures

 

Title

Date

 

 

 

 

/s/ Joseph M. Redling

 

President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

March 31, 2022

Joseph M. Redling

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jeffrey DiGiovanni

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

March 31, 2022

Jeffrey DiGiovanni

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Andrew Axelrod

 

Chairman of the Board

March 31, 2022

Andrew Axelrod

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Spender Goldenberg

 

Director

March 31, 2022

Spencer Goldenberg

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David Miller

 

Director

March 31, 2022

David Miller

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stephen J. Negrotti

 

Director

March 31, 2022

Stephen J. Negrotti

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kevin D. Patrick

 

Director

March 31, 2022

Kevin D. Patrick

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Patricia D. Wellenbach

 

Director

March 31, 2022

Patricia D. Wellenbach

 

 

 

 

121